Quantcast
Channel: RAM | STAAD | ADINA Wiki
Viewing all 8748 articles
Browse latest View live

What's New in STAAD.Pro CONNECT Edition V22 Update 7

$
0
0
Current Revision posted to RAM | STAAD Wiki by Carlos Aguera on 4/12/2022 9:42:25 AM
IDPublishing Notes
487627Analysis/DesignEngine - The format of the design report for the Japanese steel design codes AIJ 2002 and 2005 have been slightly modified in order to provide additional space for very long named section profiles which previously were being truncated.
487629Analysis/DesignEngine - The processing of the seismic definitions has been updated to trap a situation where the use of an invalid weight specification (e.g. a JOINT WEIGHT using FY instead of WEIGHT) which previously caused the analysis to crash.
487635Analysis/DesignEngine - The design routine SELECT OPTMISED has been updated for use with the ASCE and South African codes to clarify that wide flange sections that have been defined with cover plates are not supported with this routine. The use with the Australian design code has also been updated to prevent the routine from crashing. Additionally the messaging provided for use with the Japanese and US codes has also been modified in some places to provide clearer feedback on the designs.
487642Analysis/DesignEngine - The reported slenderness details for angle profiles designed AISC 360-05/10 has been updated. The slenderness check for singles angles correctly considers the effective slenderness calculations as prescribed in section E5 which was reported for the limit state checks. However, the actual slenderness ratio was reported only considering the L/r or KL/r based on clause E2 axial compression or tension. The output now also accounts for clause E5 in the output.
487653Analysis/DesignEngine - The design of concrete elements to the ACI 318-11 design code has been updated to address an issue which was incorrectly storing the values defined as SKY and SKZ parameters as the yield strength FYMAIN.
487661Analysis/DesignEngine - The processing of the IS 1893 seismic load definition has been updated to trap a memory allocation issue which could occur that would result in the analysis crashing.
487682Other Workflows - The wind load routine to ASCE-7 2010 has been updated to correct the value of of GCpi that is determined by the application based on the structure definition, although can be manually overridden.
487685Analysis/DesignEngine - The routine for determining the shear areas of pipe and round HSS sections when designed to AISC N690 1984 and 1994 versions has been updated to be consistent with the methods used for other AISC design routines.
487693Analysis/DesignEngine - The routine used to display a warning message when designing to IS 800 section 12 has been updated to check for the values of the parameters SSY and SSZ. If these are set to 0, this indicates they are not included in a seismic frame and thus any warning messages relating to section 12 checks do not apply.
487705Analysis/DesignEngine - The design routine for checking torsion to DG9 in AISC 360-05 and AISC 360-10 has been updated too provide a clearer message when encountering a member that may have loading that cannot be accounted for in the checks.
487728Documentation and Printing - The details in the verification example 'ASCE-7-16 Wind Generation on Tank' has been updated to correct a typo in the equation that determines Q. The validation itself remains correct.
487729Documentation and Printing - The path provided to the sample model reported in in the Indian concrete verification 'IS13920 2016-Relative Strength Check has been corrected.
487741Analysis/DesignEngine - The Indian concrete design routine to IS 13920:2016 has been updated to catch and remove a number of incorrectly reported,
487752Analysis/DesignEngine - The AISC 360-16 steel design routine for tee-sections has been updated to correct the values of X0 and Yo which had been inverted..
487792Post Processing Workflow - The Results Along Line routine has been updated for displaying results on cut-lines that result in multiple segments. When displaying the results for a single segment other than the first segment, these now show the results where previously there would be no values.
487794Post Processing Workflow - The stress results 'Max Absolute' reported in the' Results Along Line' table has been corrected to ensure that the values are reported are consistent with the results for the plate centre stress analysis results.
487795Analysis/DesignEngine - The output report for a trapezoidal member design to ACI 318 (2002/2005/2008/2011) has been updated to remove unnecessary details.
487871Analysis/DesignEngine - The output for steel design routine for API (American Petroleum Institute) has been updated to clarify that open sections (i.e. non tubular profiles) are checked using the AISC ASD 9th Edition.
487888Analytical Modeling Workflow - The tool provided in the analytical workflow to stretch a selected member and connect to another has been updated to improve its ability to make a suitable connection.
487897Analysis/DesignEngine - The Canadian Concrete design routine has been updated to trap and report that members defined with a trapezoidal profile are not currently supported. Preciously this would have caused the application to crash.
487926Analysis/DesignEngine - The concrete column design routine for the Indian IS 13920:2016 code has been updated with direction specific warning messages to clarify the tests performed when a column is designed which has supporting beams in orthogonal directions.
487956Analysis/DesignEngine - The AISC 360-16 torsion design checks have been updated to include an additional check for HSS profiles to ensure they do not exceed a limit of depth to thickness ratio of 260.
487998Analysis/DesignEngine - The Canadian steel design routine for S16-14 has been updated to now support producing output in both English and metric units.
488009Analysis/DesignEngine - The torsion design in Eurocode 3 activated with the parameter TOR, has been updated with inclusion of rotation of the section due to bending about minor axis (phi x My,Ed) to torsional moment (Mx,Ed).
488036Documentation and Printing - The details of verification AISC 360-10 - D-2 has been updated to include details of NSF (Net Section Factor) and SLF (Shear Leg Factor) which are required in this verification.
488038Analysis/DesignEngine - The steel design routine used for the New Zealand NZS 3404:1997 has been updated to ensure that the sign of the bending moment is correctly accounted for when determining the moment magnification factor.
488083Analysis/DesignEngine - The Canadian concrete design routine CAN/CSA A23.3-94 has corrected the method used for processing a MINSEC parameter which was failing to assign the correct bar diameter.
488123Physical Modeling Workflow - The routine for generating beta angles on members defined in a physical model has been updated. Previously if an existing model is updated the beta command is assigned to the member list rather than the PMEMBER list.
488202Generic GUI Updates - The Load Definition dialog has been updated to support editing of files defined with a Time History load definition which uses the spectrum definition.
488204Analytical Modeling Workflow - The GUI dialog provided for editing a time history forcing function in a given load case has been updated to ensure that all relevant options provided in the dialog are activated as necessary such as the Response Type to allow the REL or ABS method to be selected.
488212Generic GUI Updates - The dialog used to edit a time history definition has been updated to ensure that if a time step has been specified (i.e. DT), then this value is displayed in the dialog and retained. Previously this was not being displayed such that when the edit was concluded, the specified value was removed from the file and a default value used.
488236Analysis/DesignEngine - The routine used in the Indian concrete design to IS 456 has been enhanced such that if the model include finite element plates, then these will be used in the calculations that is reported if the command CONCRETE TAKE OFF in included following the design.
488260Documentation and Printing - A new topic has been added to the user documentation that provides details on the use of the MEMORY command. TR.1.4. Memory Allocation describes the use of this command to help when the automatic memory allocation is determined to be insufficient.
488287Post Processing Workflow - The Post Processing routine used to display time history graphs has been updated to include labels for the vertical axes on the Displacement/Velocity/Acceleration graphs.
488303Analysis/DesignEngine - The design of double angle members to the Eurocode 3 EN1993-1-1 has been enhanced with an additional test regarding the spacing of the connections indicated with the LVV parameter to ensure that it meets the requirements in table 6.9 of the code.
488337Analysis/Design Engine - The default steel strength defined as FYLD for the South African steel Design code was not being initialised resulting that if the design would produce a utilisation ratio of infinity. If FYLD is not specified, the default is now being taken as 300 MPa as described in the user documentation.
488410Analytical Modeling Workflow - The tool provide in the design parameters for the AISC ASD code for determining the values to use with KY and KZ parameters has been updated to correct a calculation issue that resulted in the routine always producing a value of 0.5.
488468Analysis/DesignEngine - The design routine used for the torsion checks to the T114 publication with AISC ASD (9th Edition) when the TOR parameter has been included has been updated to report at the locations of the peak stresses on the flange rather than centre of gravity.
488515Analysis/DesignEngine - The design routine for the BS5950 part 1 steel design code has been updated to clarify the governing load case when the governing ratio is defined by lateral torsional buckling checks in section 4.3.6. Additionally the method for determining the axial force used for these calculations where necessary has been updated.
491804Documentation and Printing - The documentation topic TR.38 Change Specification' has been updated to include clarification that following its use, if a MASETR-SLAVE command has been specified, then this would be reset and if required in the following analysis it should be re-specified.
492676Analysis/DesignEngine - The design of members to ACI 318-14 has been updated to dress an issue which was causing the design process to crash when the design should fail and then next step in the analysis/design process.
504760Analysis/DesignEngine - The routine used to report the material summary with the CONCRETE TAKE OFF command when used with the IS 13920:2016 code has been updated to better handle the large numbers that can be generated which previously would have not fitted in the provided format and thus shown as ******** symbols.
511125Analysis/DesignEngine - The SELECT OPTIMISED routine used with the Eurocode EN 1993-1-1 has been updated to ensure that the value used to position the centre of gravity of a channel and wide flange sections are updated to account for changes for each profile during the design process.
531800Generic GUI Updates - The routine used to display the section property details of user defined UPT pipe sections in the Member Query dialog has been updated to ensure that the value of the wall thickness is correctly reported.
532748Analysis/DesignEngine - The routine that determines the bar diameter of stirrups in concrete beams designed to the Indian IS 456 code has been updated to ensure that where a smaller diameter bar/spacing is adequate in a given zone, then that is reported. Previously on occasion only the spacing was revised and thus some sections reported a larger bar than was necessary.
542390Post Processing Workflow - The routine used in the Post Processing Workflow to determine the forces along a cutline, 'Results Along A Line', has been updated to improve the resolution of forces that apply to the plates and reported in the Shear Force summary perpendicular to the line in the plane of the plates, i.e. T-axis.
554981Analysis/DesignEngine - The routine used in the New Zealand steel design to NZS 3404 has been updated to ensure that the slenderness checks account for the direction of the axial load at both ends and thus members in pure tension do not get limited by the compressive slenderness requirements.
560974Analysis/DesignEngine - The output for a member designed with a serviceability envelope to the AISC 360-16 design code has been updated by removing the force details which are not relevant to this output.
560975Analysis/DesignEngine - The routine used by the design of steel members to AISC 360-16 has been updated to catch and process members defined in a UPT was type GENERAL, but have no values of TB or TD defined (i.e. thickness of the flange or web). Previously this would cause the program to terminate.
561450Analysis/DesignEngine - The routine that is used to determine the slenderness of single angles in the Indian steel design code IS800:2007 LSD code has been updated to ensure that it uses the effective length of the appropriate axis. Note this issue applied to angles specified with either the ST or RA. This issue did not apply with the IS 800:2007 WSD designs.
563172Analysis/DesignEngine - The response spectrum analysis routine used with solid finite element entities has been updated to correct the values of eigen vectors being used would cause the analysis to crash. An additional correction has been made to address issues specific to the IS 1893 response spectrum analysis.
563698Physical Modeling Workflow - The Physical Model analysis commands (see the ribbon Loading>Analysis Commands) that were introduced in Update 6 have been extended to support multiple analysis sets. each analysis set is a definition of analysis requirements and collection of load cases which can be sorted and activated/Deactivated as necessary. This then determines how the load data is populated in the STD file and consequently the analyses performed. Note that if the combination method selected in the Options dialog is set to REPEAT LOAD rather than superposition, then the combinations can also be selected and assigned to an analysis set.
563699Analytical Modeling Workflow - The range of methods to create the dynamic response spectrum loadings has been enhanced with an additional option to use the method defined in the Chinese publication GB 50011-2010. This has introduced a new selection option in the GUI with supported parameters.
563700Physical Modeling Workflow - The range of beam member definitions supported in the physical model workflow has been enhanced with the ability to define members with tapering webs by assigning a different depth at the start and and of the member. Note that the option allows for the depth at the start and/or end of the member to be determined by the assigned profile or be specifically specified for that location.
563701Other Workflows - The Chinese Steel Design workflow that was introduced in Update 5 has been updated to improve the user experience. Previously, this launched the SSDD application which performed the steel design task to the Chinese code. This method of launching a separate application has been replaced with code that is now fully integrated into the main STAAD.Pro GUI. Note that whilst most of the capabilities that were available in the previous version are provided in the same or similar way, there are a number of capabilities that have not been migrated. Refer to the user documentation for this workflow for full details.
563702Analysis/Design Engine - The checks for torsion irregularity to IS 1893 (Part 1):2016 which has been implemented in STAAD.Pro has been updated with Amendment 2, Note that this change has resulted in a number of changes in the way the tests are performed and the way the checks are reported.
563706Generic GUI Updates - The Load Combination generator tools provided in the Analytical and Physical loading routines have been updated with an additional set of rules for the 2016 edition of the ASCE 7 publication.
567080Physical Modeling Workflow - The analytical node generation routine used by the Physical Model Workflow when meshing the physical model into the analytical elements has been updated to improve the prevention of duplicate node generation which could result in an error reporting identical node generation.
572777Analysis/Design Engine - The design routine for single angles to GB50017 used by the Chinese Steel Design Workflow (previously SSDD) has been up dated. The value of lambda for stability is dependant on connectivity and if not suitably connected, should be calculated according to clause 7.2.2. This has now been implamented.
573206Analysis/DesignEngine - The section classification routine used for T section and Channel sections during SELECT and SELECT OPTIMIZED operations in the IS 800 LSD and WSD designs has been updated. The web slenderness ratio is given priority while calculating the max ratio of section classification. Thus if a section fails in section classification although may pass other tests, it will be rejected and the next section will be chosen for the design.
576032Other Workflows - The routine used to assign New Zealand Gusset Plate Column-Beam connections (CBB) to member ends in the Steel Connection Design Workflow has been updated to address an issue which was previously preventing the GUI from assigning these.
576623Analysis/DesignEngine - The output of the steel design to AISC 360-16 has been updated. The detailed output provided with a TRACK 2 setting now clarifies that the value previously shown as Cb is in fact the lateral torsional buckling factor applied to Cb, and thus shown as Cbf.
577472Analysis/DesignEngine - The routine for designing tube profiles to the Russian code SP 16.13300:2017 has been updated to ensure correct identification of the critical location. Previously this resulted in incorrectly determining ϕex and ϕey (FIex and FIey) as used in Eq.120 and thus incorrect section capacity.
577762Other Workflows - The routine used in the Steel Connection Workflow to to highlight Beam-Beam Brace joints has been updated to ensure that these are selected when requested.
579845Analysis/DesignEngine - The concrete beam design routine used by the Indian IS 456 design code has been updated to improve the method used to determine and report the stirrup bar size and spacing due to an issue encountered at times when processing the term ASV/SV.
580339Analysis/DesignEngine - The routine that is used at the start of any analysis that reserves memory for the data ands results generated during the analysis has been updated. Under most situations the estimate and the allocation of computer memory can operate satisfactorily, but there are situations, where multiple analyses are included in a file which can lead to the analysis actually requiring more memory that was estimated resulting in the analysis terminating. This would either be displayed as a message in the output fie suggesting the use of the MEMORY command or could, in extreme situations result in the analysis crashing whilst attempting to use memory that was not available. For optimal memory utilization it is recommended to use the SET NL command whenever using multiple analysis and using the CHANGE command .
582019Physical ModelingWorkflow - The Physical Model Workflow process that handles models created from older versions of STAAD.Pro where the profiles were defined using the SPC database rather than the main STAAD.Pro database introduced in Update 5 to handle a situation where the SPC cache would prevent the application from reading the profile information.
582317Analysis/DesignEngine - The Indian concrete design routine to IS 456 has been updated to ensure that a temporary file used during the process is closed at the end of the design . Previously, if a steel design followed in the same analysis run, then this would result in the program crashing.
583821Physical ModelingWorkflow - The Physical Modelling Workflow along with the physical model Structure Wizard and Physical model Load Combination Generation tool have been updated to address an issue that would lock the program if the Windows Regional Settings were such that the decimal separator was set as a comma.
587159Generic GUI Updates - The action of the Restore View layout button in the top right corner of the main window has been updated to address an issue which prevented the action from operating.
588036Analysis/DesignEngine - The routine used in the design of angle with lips and zee section profiles to the AISI:2016 design code has been updated to address an issue where the angle of the lips were not correctly accounted for.
588964Documentation and Printing - The details of the Results Along A Line described in the What's New topic RR 22.02.00-4.3 Results Along a Cut Line has been updated to clarify the meaning of the value Mts as being 'Torque moment perpendicular to the cut line'.
590546Other Workflows - The routine used for calculating the wind pressure profiles as per the ASCE-7 design codes has been updated such that when the structure is defined as Enclosed or Partial Enclosed and is classed as flexible, then it will use the formula p = qz.Gf.Cp - qh(GCpi). Where the building is defined as an Open Building and is classed as Rigid, then it will use the formula p = qz.Gf.Cp
590775Generic GUI Updates - The ASCE 7 2010 wind load routine has been updated to ensure that a default value of 1.8 is assigned to the Cf parameter when the structure type is set to Lattice Structure.
590855Generic GUI Updates - The calculation used to determine the gust factor in the older ASCE-7 load definition tool (2010 and earlier) has been updated to correctly account for the frequency and damping input values for flexible structures. Additionally the gust factor calculation has been updated for determining the gust factor for rigid structures of category C and D.
590899Physical Modeling Workflow - The routine used by the Physical Model Workflow to create a mesh of finite elements from a physical surface has been updated to introduce a test on the generated elements to validate the alignment and improve the quality of the generated analytical model.
591507Documentation and Printing - The verification example GB 50011-2001 Static Seismic - Case2 has been updated with details of the horizontal seismic coefficient calculation.
592226Other Workflows - The method used by the Connection Design Workflow to process models defined without a specific materiel strength such as with a basic STEEL material has been updated so that these will be taken to have a default yield strength of 36 ksi and ultimate strength of 58 ksi. Previously without a specific strength specified, this would cause the application to crash.
592228Other Workflows - The routine used to design steel member end connections of type Horizontal Gusset Column Beam-Column connection ( HCBB) or Horizontal Gusset Beam-Beam connection (HBBB) has been updated to address an issue that occurred in opening a connection created in a model in an earlier version of STAAD.Pro that result in STAAD.Pro terminating.
592234Other Workflows - The method used by STAAD.Pro when entering the Connection Design Workflow to manage the profile databases has been modified. As this workflow utilises the RAM Connection system for the connection design, it needs to coordinate the STAAD.Pro and RAM Connection databases. This can be a slow process if all databases are checked, hence there is an option in the RAM Connection Settings dialog to indicate which databases should be checked. If the model is now identified to include a profile which is not in one of the selected databases, a warning will be displayed and the option given to add this to the settings if connections will be intended to be assigned on members with this profile.
592537Analytical ModelingWorkflow - The Isotropic Material definitions dialog has been updated to ensure that when setting the values of FY and FU for a standard steel material, these are retained and assigned to the standard material for the current model.
592547Analysis/DesignEngine - The routine used in the Australian steel design code AS 4100:1998 for SELECT and SELECT OPTMISE has been updated to sequence the checks in a way that now allows the member slenderness checks to be performed in line with the other required checks to result in a better reported section profile.
592870Physical ModelingWorkflow - The method used by the Physical Model workflow to update the associated STD file has been updated to ensure that if this file contains additional steel design information, that is retained with the updates from the modifications that have been introduced by changes in the physical model.
592905Analysis/DesignEngine - The method used to determine collinearity in the IS 13920 codes using the COMBINE parameter has been modified to improve the tolerance test to validate that the defined members do indeed lie in a line.
594450Interoperability - The StrucLink module that is available in the backstage of the Analytical Workflow that can be used to create a iTwin digital model (ISM) has been updated to prevent the mapping file from being overwritten.
594656Physical Modeling Workflow - The method used by the Physical Modelling Workflow to process undo/redo when multiple objects have been selected and modified has been updated to ensure that the change is undone on all the selected objects, not one in the list.
594722Analysis/DesignEngine - The Russian steel design routine SP 16.13300:2017 has been updated to ensure that members that are not designed are reported in the post processing Design Results table as -1. Previously some members which could not be designed would be reported with values of -0.01
597605Analysis/DesignEngine - The steel design routine for web tapered wide flange members to IS800:2007 (LSD and WSD) has been updated to ensure that the data from the analysis is correctly managed.
600492Other Workflows - The rules that are included for automatically calculating load combinations to the ASCE 7:2010 code have been updated to address the requirements for load categories that are classed as FLUID or SOIL.
600524Other Workflows - The process used by the Steel AutoDrafter Workflow has been updated to catch members that have been defined as concrete profiles and include them on generated drawings. This corrects an issue that was introduced in the V22 Update 6 release.
602815Analysis/DesignEngine - The torsion check routine used in the Eurocode 3 steel design to EN 1993-1-1 has been updated to so that the value of M­w,Ed is modified to be taken as: E * Iw * φ’’/(h-tf).
602843Analysis/DesignEngine - The Russian steel design code SP 16.13300:2017 has been updated to address an issue discovered in reporting the details of the design checks in the output file that resulted in the location of the maximum and hence ratio being misidentified. However the table in the post processing workflow correctly indicated the maximum utilization.
603858Analysis/DesignEngine - The design check in the Japanese design code AIJ 2002 for determining the limit of D/t has been modified to set the threshold as 23500/(yield strength). Previously this was set as 23500/sqrt(yield strength).
603959Analysis/DesignEngine - The Japanese steel design modules AIJ 2002 and 2005 have been updated to ensure that the value reported for the bending Z moment values (tension).
604460Other Workflows - The Connection Design workflow routine that process a baseplate connection on a taper member that is to be designed to the IS800 :2007 design code has been updated to catch an issue that would cause the design process to crash.
605719Analytical ModelingWorkflow - The dialog used for defining a time history forcing function has been updated to ensure that if the values are defined in the table which extends beyond the space available, then a vertical scroll bar is provided for access to the data outside the displayed region.
605984Analysis/DesignEngine - The routine used to produce the output for BS 5950 Part 5 and CAN/CSA S136-94 has been updated to ensure that the it uses the details from the database 'STAADname' column rather than the 'Name' column which would mean that where these differed the results of the design would not be included in the output.
607244Analysis/DesignEngine - The SELECT OPTMISE routine used with the Australian AS4100:1998 design code has been updated to ensure that the details for the intermediate selection steps are included in the output and not just the final step.
608931Analysis/DesignEngine - The AISC 360 design routines that report the shear area for user defined pipe sections has been updated such that if the UPT definition does not include the shear areas, then the report will show the values calculated by the program as defined in the code and used in the design.
609364Analysis/DesignEngine - The slenderness formula used with the tension check in the steel design routine of IS 800 2007 WSD (working stress design) has been updated as it was previously multiplying the value L/r by the K factor in each axis.
614385Generic GUI Updates - The file save routine used by the GUI to create the STD file has been updated to ensure that when data exceeds the line length limit, the use of a hyphen character to indicate a line continuation is not added as a sole line character.
615795Analysis/DesignEngine - The torsion design routine used in the AISC 360-05/10 design codes has been updated to address an issue identified when a UNIT command has been introduced in the loading commands. Note that this issue was not present in the design routine used with AISC 360-16.
616276Analysis/DesignEngine - The AISC 360-16 steel design routine has been updated to ensure that when a group of members are defined as a collection in a CHECK CODE command, those that have a TRUSS/TENSION/COMPRESSION specification do do impact the design requirements on those that do not have these specified. Previously, a member with one or more of these specifications would be used as an active specification on subsequent members that were designed in that group.
617775OpenSTAAD - The OpenSTAAD function NewSTAADFile() has been updated to ensure that the file is created as specified. Previously this could fail with a response 'File Not Found'.
617907Analysis/DesignEngine - The processing of cold formed sections defined in the RCeco and Lysaght databases has been updated to ensure that where required values are not included in the tables, then these are calculated as necessary.
617935Other Workflows - The Connection Design Workflow has been updated to support members assigned with Canadian double angle profiles. Note that if Canadian profiles are used, then these should be selected in the RAM Connection Settings dialog. Refer to D. To edit the RAM Connection settings
618433Analysis/DesignEngine - The output report for a member designed with the AIISC 360-16 steel design code has been updated to better reflect the requirements indicated with the interaction parameter setting INT 0. This accounts for the fact the code has multiple equations that can be used to meet the interaction condition. When set to 0, the intention is to use the minimum value of any relevant equation such as H1.1 and H1.3. However, if the member was checked against multiple load cases where some would require an H1.3 check, but others not and in the ultimate governing load case clause H1-3 does not apply, displaying the result for the case where it does apply is confusing and thus it is now not reported.
618711Generic GUI Updates - The File>New backstage has been updated such that the drop list provided with a Model Seed File option now displays the recently used list as quick access.
618715Documentation and Printing - The OpenSTAAD documentation has been updated to correct two issues 1) Geometry.GetGroupEntites() returns the number of entities in the named group and 2) The description of the function Load.GetLoadCombinationCaseNumbers() confirms that this returns the combination case numbers, not the primary load case numbers *** documented previously.
618716Other Workflows - The method used by the Connection Design Workflow to create connection objects from definitions specified by connection tags has been updated. The process now ensures that the class information is utilised when parsing the data in the connection file.
620001Analysis/DesignEngine - The cold formed steel design routine to IS 801:1975 has been updated to correct the calculation used to determine the distance between the shear centre to the centre of gravity for angle sections, channel and hat sections.
620280OpenSTAAD - The OpenSTAAD function Results.GetBasePressures() has been updated to ensure that the results are correctly reported when the base unit is set to Metric. Note the results are reported correctly with the base unit set to English units.
620860Analytical ModelingWorkflow - The routine used by the Specifications dialog to activate the option to 'Assign to Selected Beams' has been updated to ensure that it previously required the objects to be selected after the specification. Now that objects can be selected and the option will be activated once the required specification is selected. Note that for this to operate in this way, the option 'Highlight Assigned Geometry' should not be set.
620908Analytical ModelingWorkflow - The process that is used to display the current assignment of a selected specification in the Specifications dialog has been updated to ensure that the displayed items is reflective of the assigned list.
621501Physical Modeling Workflow - The routine used in the Physical Modelling Workflow Structure Wizard to generate hydrostatic loading using the Tank Wizard has been updated to catch a situation where the tank segment is defined with zero depth and thus would create a region of zero area.
621571Other Workflows - The routine used in the Connection Design Workflow for designing Moment End Plate BCF and Bolted End Plate BCF connections to the IS or EN design codes has been updated to improve the tolerance settings where the connections are applicable.
623414Documentation and Printing - The documentation for defining and assigning seismic loading has been updated to clarify the assignment of the seismic load that has defined in a definition should only assigned in a lateral direction. That is in the X or Z axes for most cases (where Y is the vertical axis) or when the Z UP command has been used to make the Z axis become the vertical axis, then the definition should only be assigned in the X and/or Y axes. In other words, the seismic load definition should NOT be assigned in the vertical direction.
625419Analysis/DesignEngine - The warning message reported by the program when performing a design for serviceability when not correctly specified, has been updated to refer to the current help documentation topic TR.40 Load Envelope.
625679Interoperability - The PipeLink export routine provided in the Piping Workflow has been updated to address an issue where the created material table file was mis-indexed and would cause the interop with AutoPIPE to fail.
627673Generic GUI Updates - The GUI processing of the shortcut key combination of <CTRL + F4> has been updated so that it will close the active window unless that is the main structure window. Previously, if this key combination was pressed and the main structure window was closed, the application would crash.
630388Generic GUI Updates - The dialogs used to display the processing of data in the Piping Workflow, Plate Meshing tools and the Multilinear Spring table have been modified to support the use of Chinese and Japanese character sets.
630406OpenSTAAD - The OpenSTAAD function Results.GetMatInfluenceAreas() has been updated to correct an error which was causing the results to be returned without any areas.
633034Analysis/DesignEngine - The New Zealand steel design routine has been updated to correctly account for the sign of the bending moment when determining the reduced shear capacity. Note that this can result in a change to the governing clause from 5.12.3 to 5.12.2.
634212The Editor, Viewer and Other Modules - The method used by the STAAD Editor to allow this module to operate outside the main STAAD.Pro application as a standalone application has been modified to ensure that in doing so it is possible to create a new file. Previously, although the option was provided, attempting to do so would cause the Editor to crash.
635104Physical ModelingWorkflow - The Physical Model Workflow has been updated to remove a process that attempts to initiate the SPC service which was required when this workflow was reliant on this for obtaining the section property data of members. This is no longer required with the current use of the standard STAAD.Pro databases. If the service was not installed on the computer, attempting to initiate the service would cause STAAD.Pro to crash.
635819Post Processing Workflow - The routine used for generating a cutline with the Results Along Line tool has been updated to address an issue that could be encountered when forming the boundary of elements and duplicated node numbers which when being processed would cause the application to crash.
636103Physical Modeling Workflow - The Structure Wizard tool added to the Physical Model workflow in V22 Update 6 has been updated to improve the capabilities in creating and managing models and templates. These can now be aggregated into separate folders. A second tank model template is included in the installer that is better suited to design in the RCDC workflow. The installed and user templates are now organised into more practical locations. The editor provided for editing user templates has been updated to support collapsing data blocks and improved colour coding.
636511Other Workflows - The details of a selected connection in the Connection Deign workflow in the Results layout has been updated to ensure that the details of the selected connection includes the defined section name.
637526Analytical Modeling Workflow - As part of the initiative to integrate the Chinese Steel Design Workflow as a new wind load generator has been added to the loading definitions, in the Analytical Workflow, which follows the provisions outlined in the GB50009 publication. Note that this module not only utilises the data entered to determine the wind load pressures according to the code, but also can be used to generate the primary load cases. If the definition is deleted again in the GUI, the associated load cases will also be removed from the model.
637550Licensing / Security/Installation - The operation of STAAD.Pro has been tested to ensure that it is able to operate under normal situations on a Citrix environment.
637811Analysis/Design Engine - The new CE V22 Update 7 analysis and design engine has been uploaded to the Scenario Services platform be an option for a cloud based analysis.
637812Other Workflows - A number of operational changes have been implemented in the integration of the Steel Connection Design Workflow to improve the user experience. The requirement to confirm for connection designs to be performed if any connection exits whenever an analysis is performed has been removed. The details of the material grade will now be taken s default from the material definition. An issue that could occur in that the ratio reported for a connection in the RAM Connection Input dialog when changing to/from the Results layout has been addressed. And the colour system used in the connection pad
637828Other Workflows - The installation has been updated to include the current version of the RCDC application (v11.00.00) which is used for the Advanced Concrete Design Workflow.
637829Licensing / Security/Installation - The installation has been updated to include and install the current version of the CONNECTION Client module (11.00.03.25). This is the heart of the Bentley license service and a pre-requisite for using any Bentley application.
637834Generic GUI Updates - A fully Chinese localised version of CE V22 Update 7 has been produced and is available as a Chinese localised installer.
637838Interoperability - The iTwin Services module included in the Physical Model workflow to provide synchronisation and design review capabilities has been updated.
637847Generic GUI Updates - The Bentley logo has changed and where this has been used in the program, has been updated with the current official Bentley logo.
637848Documentation and Printing - OpenSTAAD documentation has been updated to provide details on the use of two functions that allow the analysis engine to be operated remotely and silently. These functions are AnalyzeEx() and SetSilentMode().
637850Documentation and Printing - The user documentation topic, P. Beam End Forces table, has been updated to provide better clarity on the nature of the results provided and the significance of the signs.
637856Analysis/Design Engine - The analysis and design engine has been updated to support the use of p-delta or direct analysis on models which contain plates that have been assigned offsets, a feature that was added in SPro CE V22 U6.
637864Analysis/Design Engine - The method used by the analysis engine to reserve and allocate memory for large models where the command SET NL has not been specified has been updated . This method accounts for rigid floor diaphragms, seismic cases and where there are in excess of 1 million degrees of freedom.
637879Generic GUI Updates - The CONNECT Advisor module previously included in Bentley applications has been deprecated. The functionality offered by this module is now included in the CONNECTION Client.
638081Analysis/DesignEngine - The design of tie reinforcement to the Indian design code IS 13920 has been corrected to address an issue identified that occurs when the column cross section dimensions are large and the shear force is small. This was causing significantly more reinforcement than is required.
645756Physical Modeling Workflow - The wind load generation routine in the Physical Model workflow has been updated to ensure that when the wind definition is specified as external and in the negative X or Z directions, then this is correctly reflected in the STD data file. Previously, although the direction was correctly indicated, it was generated as an internal load (and visa versa).
646030Analytical Modeling Workflow - The Structure Wizard tool provided in the Analytical Modelling Workflow has been updated to support the localization of table headings. Previously this would not support Chinese or Japanese character sets.
646145Generic GUI Updates -The routine that updates the Member Query dialog content in the 'Shear Bending' and 'Deflection' sheets has been updated to catch a condition which could occur when refreshing the data and resulting in an incorrect warning message being displayed and clearing the table headers in the dialog.
649081Analytical Modeling Workflow - The Structure Wizard tool provided in the Analytical workflow has been updated to ensure the dialog displayed from the Edit>Edit New Macro... or Edit>Edit Existing Macro menu items displays text on all the dialog buttons.
649553Analysis/DesignEngine - The details of the locations for the checks reported for a cold formed steel member design to AISI 2016 has been updated to correctly account for the unit if specified. Note that this was purely an output issue and did not affect the design itself.
649893Analysis/DesignEngine - The Canadian concrete design routine has been updated with an error message confirming that currently trapezoidal member profiles are not supported at this time.
651772Interoperability - The Structlink module in the Analytical Model Workflow has been updated to address an issue when attempting to map a user table profile during the import process which was causing the application to crash. Now a message box is displayed warning that a table must be selected before attempting to continue.
651843Analysis/DesignEngine - The format of the design report for the Indian steel design code IS800:2007 has been slightly modified in order to provide additional space for very long named section profiles which previously were being truncated.
652710Other Workflows - The routine that parses a user defined template file for a Steel Connection Design Workflow has been updated to trap n error that would occur if the first line included spaces that resulted in application terminating.
661720Documentation and Printing - The help topic GS. Keyboard Shortcuts has been updated to clarify the action performed by the key combination <Ctrl+F4> which is to close the current window.

What's New in STAAD.Pro CONNECT Edition V22 Update 2

$
0
0
Current Revision posted to RAM | STAAD Wiki by Carlos Aguera on 4/12/2022 9:42:25 AM

What's New in STAAD.ProCONNECT Edition V22 Update 2

  • (A) Analysis/Design Engine (44)
  • (B) Generic GUI Updates (26)
  • (C) Analytical Modelling Workflow (13)
  • (D) Physical Modelling Workflow (14)
  • (E) Other Modelling Workflows (01)
  • (F) Analysis Post Processing Workflow (05)
  • (G) Other Post Processing Design Workflows (05)
  • (H) Interoperability (02)
  • (I) The Editor, Viewer and Other Modules (06)
  • (J) OpenSTAAD (04)
  • (K) Documentation and Printing (04)
  • (L) Licensing / Security / Installation (02)

(A) Analysis/Design Engine (44)

A) 01 The routines used for the design of columns in ACI 318-05/08/11 have been updated to account for the strength reduction factor specified in section 9.3.2 of these codes. Two changes implemented include a) to be recalculated for each estimated position of the neutral axis and b) addition of a new parameter to set the value of alpha used in the calculation

A) 02 The IBC 2018 / ASCE 7 16, response spectrum loading routine has been added with data from USGS provided to determine the S1 and SS parameters from either a ZIP code or the site longitude and latitude.

A) 03 The AITC design routine has been updated to ensure that the output reports the actual shear stress for the critical location.

A) 04 The Eurocode steel design routine for EN1993-1-1 for tubular sections has been updated to ensure that the determination of the depth between fillets is consistent when determining the section classification under axial or bending forces.

A) 05 The Australian concrete design module AS 3600 has been updated to include the details of beams in the output of the material take off. Previously this would only include the details of the columns. Additionally note that the volume of concrete from the elements is now included (not details of any reinforcement)

A) 06 The Russian dynamic wind load to SP 20.13300.2016 has been updated to support the definition of the ground level (additional parameter 'GL' the value being the Y ordinate in the model) which was previously taken as the lowest Y ordinate of the model.

A) 07 The Indian concrete design code IS 13920 Ductile Design and Detailing of Reinforced Concrete Structures Subjected to Seismic Forces - Code of Practice has been updated to include the provisions of clause 7.2. The details of the nodes with beam and columns connected can be seen by using a TRACK 4 for the output.

A) 08 The deflection check performed by the Japanese steel design codes AIJ 2002 and 20056 have been updated such that the results are now reporting the governing ratio for any part on the members that would be part of a physical member defined between DJ1 and DJ2. Hence note that the maximum deflection may not occur on the specific member, but is that which governs the design.

A) 09 The routine that calculates the section properties of UPT wide flange sections (either WIDE FLANGE or ISECTION) address a defect in the calculation which could result in an over estimate the major axis plastic modulus. Whilst this would not affect any analysis, it would impact a design of these members with any code that utilises the plastic properties.

A) 10 The routine that reduces the live load has been updated to ensure that the floor loads are converted to kip/in2 to determine the appropriate reduction factor.

A) 11 The AISC 360-16 steel design of members in tension has been updated to improve the calculation of slenderness, ensuring that the considered length uses the maximum of the assigned length and factors in both directions.

A) 12 The output for a deflection check of a AISC 360-16 steel design has been updated to ensure that the values of allowable deflection are correctly reported. The check itself was being reported correctly.

A) 13 The slenderness checks in the Japanese AIJ steel design modules 2002 and 2005 have been updated. The parameter MAIN is now designed only to work with the range of 0 to 250. If specified with a value of 1.0, the slenderness check will be bypassed. If specified with a value of 0 (or if not specified), the program will limit the slenderness of the member, if subject to compression loading, to 200. Any other value assigned to the MAIN parameter will be used as the limit. For members subject to tension loading a similar behaviour will be followed with the TMAIN parameter using a value of 400 if not specified of specified with a value of 0.

A) 14 The design of columns under tension to the Indian concrete code IS 456 with the minimum moments as per clause 25.4 using the parameter METHOD 1 has been implemented. Although the design was considered, the details were previously not output.

A) 15 The routine that reports the intermediate section forces in the output file has been updated to an issue introduced in Spro CE 21.00.02 that meant that the values were zero in the output file (although correctly displayed and reported in the post processing workflow).

A) 16 The US concrete column designs to ACI 318 2002, 2005, 2008 and 2011 design codes have been enhanced with a new ALPHA parameter which allows modification of the exponent for the Bresler contour method for biaxial interaction. Previously this was hard codes in the program as 1.24, but now can be set to account for differing cross sections. Default values are taken to be 1.5 for rectangular and 2.0 for square sections.

A) 17 The Indian concrete design to IS 13920 2016 has been updated to ensure that the details of the bars are correctly recorded which previously would result in column designs reporting as failed due to the column being less than 20 times the diameter of the longest longitudinal bar.

A) 18 The Floor Diaphragm irregularity checks have been extended to include the check option to IBC 2018 / ASCE 7 16. A model that has floor diaphragms defined in the Specifications >Node Specifications>Floor Diaphragm, can include irregularity check from the Analysis and Design layout> Miscellaneous Commands>Floor Diaphragm Options.

A) 19 Sections defined using a UPT GENERAL allows the definition of the shear areas AYY and AZZ, however, rather than using the provided values, the analysis was re-calculating these based on the provided dimensions. This has been changed such that the values provide will be used.

A) 20 The analysis results of a dynamic Russian wind load case of a model with multiple analysis/change commands has been corrected. The static loading vector now accounts for the inclusion of any additional analysis/change commands.

A) 21 The calculation of the term p-lambda-b, the plastic critical slenderness ratio in the Japanese 2005 AIJ steel design modules for determining the allowable bending stress fb (defined in eqn 5-14) has been updated to use the unsigned values of the end moments.

A) 22 The inclusion in the output file of any notes that 'Torsion and deflections have not been included in the design.' has been added to the count of notes reported at the end of the analysis messages.

A) 23 The AISC 360-16 steel design has been updated for HSS sections to use a fillet radius of 0.5t when determining the shear area and shear strength.

A) 24 The AISC 360-10 steel design deflection check routine has been updated to support the GENRATE option when using an SRSS load combination command.

A) 25 The design of angle sections to AISC 360-16 has been updated the section modulus calculation about the weaker v-v axis. Previously, the distance to the stress points did not correctly account for the relative position to the centroid which resulted in an incorrect interaction check.

A) 26 The design of angle sections using the geometric axes to the AISC LRFD design code has been updated. The location of the centroid for a second or subsequent angle is now recalculated.

A) 27 The routine that selects a section profile based on a deflection check using the parameter TRACK 4, has been updated for the BS5950, AISC 360, CSA S16, IS 800- LSD & WSD, NZS 3404 codes. Previously the method that estimated a new maximum deflection that would result with the new profile used the section properties of the previous step in the selection rather than the properties of the original profile.

A) 28 The analysis of models with temperature loading has been improved by reducing the use of a temporary file that could throttle the performance. This can significantly reduce the analysis time if the analysis is being performed on a model that is located on a remote network drive.

A) 29 The processing of the command SET ITERLIM, used to set the maximum number of iterations to be used for models that have tension only or compression only members and/or supports, has been updated to ensure it is used in the 64-bit analysis engine.

A) 30 The analysis of large models hosted on a remote network drive has been improved. If the intermediate member axial and/or torsion forces data cannot be held in the memory available, temporary files are created which are now better managed.

A) 31 The steel design routines to AISC 360-05 and 10 have been updated to ensure that if they are using a LOAD LIST which includes load cases created using the GENERATE option in an SRSS load combination, then these are included in the design checks.

A) 32 The direct analysis routine has been improved to ensure that if the model includes multiple seismic or response spectrum load cases, then each should have a PERFORM DIRECT ANALYSIS followed by CHANGE. If not present this is reported as an error.

A) 33 The IBC 2018 /ASCE 7-16 seismic load calculations have been extended to account for the exceptions 1 and 2 defined in clause 11.4.8. When the site class is E, for exception 1, with Ss > 0.75, Fa is that of site class C. For exception 2, with S1 >= 0.2 and time period T >= 1.5Ts, then Cs is taken as 1.5 x value obtained from eqn. 12.8.-3 or 12.8-2.

A) 34 The IBC 2018/ASCE 7-16 seismic code has been updated so that the spectral acceleration parameters SS and S1 are obtained from the publication from data provided by the USGS that match the ASCE 7-16 data rather than the ASCE 7-10 data that was provided previously.

A) 35 The IBC 2006/2012/2015 seismic loading modules have been updated to address an issue in determining the values of Fa and Fv when not specified. The values use a soil classification (site class) one lower than defined in the model.

A) 36 The Direct Analysis routine has been updated to address an issue which would always iterate on Tau-b, even if the option to include the iteration has been turned off.

A) 37 The reporting of concrete beams designed to ACI 318-14 which include the torsion checks has been updated to address a tolerance issue which was causing members that provide sufficient reinforcement and thus have a resulting ratio of 1.0, thus ok, but would report as a FAIL.

A) 38 The analysis routine that checks for local member instabilities as a result of excessive assigned releases of degrees of freedom has been updated with an increased accuracy for better detection and reporting of warnings in the output file.

A) 39 The analysis engine has been updated to ensure that it can support models with up to 400,000 nodes (although note that there may be other limitations that may restrict the overall size of model that can be solved).

A) 40 The routine that is used for the design of angle profiles for bending about their geometric axes and fully restrained against LTB to the US steel design code AISC 360-16 has corrected an issue in converting the moments from the principal axes.

A) 41 The routine used in the AISC 360-16 design of single angles has been updated to correct an error discovered in the calculation of beta-w used in determining Mcr in the lateral torsional buckling check which may affect designs if the member was short and subject to LTB and the shear center is in tension due to bending.

A) 42 The IS 1893-2016 response spectrum module has been updated with regard to the default value of DEC (factor for static eccentricity used to determine the design eccentricity according to IS 1893-2016 clause 7.8.2) used when torsion is considered. The default value of DEC is taken to be 1.5 unless the parameter ECC is provided and < 0 in which case, the parameter DEC will be taken as 1.0. Note that in either case, if the parameter DEC is given, that value will be used.

A) 43 The routine used in the IS 1893 2016 response spectrum analysis for a 2D frame (i.e STAAD PLANE) has been updated to address an issue where the modification of forces by the factor given in clause 7.7.3 of Vb(bar)/Vb was not being accounted for. 3D frames were being modified correctly.

A) 44 The design of angles in bending in the AISC 360-05 and 10 design modules have been updated to address an issue where the sign of the moment about the v-v (i.e. minor) axis was not being handled correctly. If th4e moment was putting the tip of the angle legs into compression, then this could result in over estimating the bending capacity.

Top

(B) Generic GUI Updates (26)

B) 01 The 3D rendering routine has been updated to address an issue encountered when model has identified errors with curved members reported when opened which have not been addressed. The program will now render the model but not the curved members.

B) 02 The routine that is used to display and edit values in some edit boxes such as defining the offset, has been updated to prevent a crash when the value entered was a fractional number in excess of 1.

B) 03 The control that lists the current load case in the Analytical Modelling>Loading ribbon and Post Processing>Results ribbon has been updated to support a mouse scroll to allow quick change of the currently displayed load case.

B) 04 The routine that provides a warning ahead of attempting to perform an analysis across a network which can result in a slow analysis with larger models, if set in the Configuration dialog, has been updated to ensure that the warning message is displayed when the check is set.

B) 05 The Application Search tool has been extended to include searching the text associated with each command icon as well as the title and descriptions to aid in finding relevant commands.

B) 06 STAAD.Pro file processing has been updated to support models located in a folder such that the path include a $ character which may occur when accessing a shared folder

B) 07 A new option has been added to the View Ribbon>Views>View Management>Export View which will create an image file of the current window in either BMP, JPG, TIF or TGA formats

B) 08 The current state of the ribbon and workflow panel is now saved when the application is closed and when it is reopened, the last state of these is returned.

B) 09 The process that is used to create a new file has been updated to allow new files to be created on a remote network drive.

B) 10 The GUI has been updated to improve the handling of models which have the FINISH command followed by a large amount of text such as when the FINISH command is inserted into a model to reduce the file size and commands to be processed. Previously this data following the FINSH command could take a significant time to process and lock up the GUI when displaying the analysis or design dialogs.

B) 11 The file parsing routine has been updated to ensure that the sign of the ECC parameter is accounted for in a response spectrum definition. Previously, a negative value would be converted to positive when the file is re-saved. Note that the analysis would use the sign that was present in the STD file.

B) 12 The Section Database management has been improved by providing the Default Database Configuration from the main application Start Screen without having to first load a model.

B) 13 Quick access to the commands in the ribbons has been added using Access Keys. This is initiated by clicking the ALT key followed by one of the keys that are displayed as labels on the ribbon tabs or commands.

B) 14 The database of Chinese steel profiles has been updated to GB/T 706 2016

B) 15 The news feed displayed in the Start Page has been updated to support HTML hyperlinks to help provide quick links to web pages.

B) 16 The routine that recorded the version of analysis solver used and listed in the model properties window of the backstage has been corrected to ensure that the correct analysis solver user is reported.

B) 17 A configuration option in the Options section, has been added to provide a local folder to act as a temporary location to perform an analysis on a model hosted on a remote network drive. Analysis of a model hosted in a remote location can result in an extended analysis time due to managing network communications.

B) 18 The Save As routine has been updated to ensure that when using a models that is hosted on a ProjectWise repository, the model on PW is also checked back in.

B) 19 The process that handles modeless dialog boxes has been updated to address an issue which would cause the application to crash in the post processing workflow on a Windows 7 operating system.

B) 20 The file parsing routine has been updated to support an OBLQUE option on a Russian Dynamic wind load which was previously causing the application to terminate.

B) 21 The GUI has been updated to address an issue that would terminate the program when changing views on a model that had an envelope defined, but did not include any load cases.

B) 22 The routine used to copy data to the clipboard from the Beams table has been updated from being 3 significant figures, to 3 decimal places.

B) 23 A new Backstage sheet to Backup/Restore earlier versions of the current model. To compliment this the automatic backup system has been updated to improve the ability to retain data in the event of a premature termination of the application.

B) 24 The Beam Tools context ribbon command 'Define Section Profile' has been updated to prevent the program from terminating when it is activate and clicked on.

B) 25 The application routine that processes the associated data files such as results files has been updated. This is to address an issue that could occur after modifying a model which has a set of results already loaded and no longer valid. This issue would result in the application terminating, but would successfully load the model when the application is restarted.

B) 26 The internal processing of windows messages that occur when windows are being updated or redrawn has been updated to handle events where multiple messages occur simultaneously to ensure that a suitable sequencing of handling the messages is adopted.

Top

(C) Analytical Modelling Workflow (13)

C) 01 The routine that is used to delete a floor group has been updated to ensure that if any floor loads have been assigned to the floor group, they are also deleted from the model.

C) 02 The Aluminium Design dialog for defining the US Aluminium parameter ALLOY has been updated as the GUI was saving the index of the alloy offset by one.

C) 03 The routine that is used to merge members has been updated to ensure that if self weight has been applied to two members that have been merged, the load from only one remains whereas for all other applied loading, the loads from both would remain on the remaining member.

C) 04 The routine to calculate the wind loading according to ASCE 7 has been updated to correct the gust calculations for determining the gQ and gV factors in all the implemented versions of the code. Additionally if the calculated natural frequency of the structure is less than 1Hz and the height to minimum width<4, then this should be treated as a rigid rather than flexible structure. Depending on the response, the loading will be determined according to the selected method.

C) 05 The GUI has been updated to ensure that the Russian Dynamic wind load is not defined as an internal load as this is not a supported method.

C) 06 A new member attribute type has been added 'MEMBTYPE' which allows members to be classified with meta data that can be used with other parts of the program such as identifying the column for the connection design.

C) 07 The Analytical Modelling Design dialogs have been updated to ensure that when a new command is added, the selected point in the dialog remains constant allowing additional commands to be added at the same point.

C) 08 The GUI has been updated to provide a warning if UPT section profiles are defined that are more than 36 characters long and no longer terminate the application when displaying the Properties or Specifications dialogs.

C) 09 The process adding a new parametric model (mesh) has been modified to simplify the actions needed to define the mesh with a single dialog rather than the two dialogs used previously.

C) 10 The routine used to define a solid pressure load onto a model has been updated to ensure that when creating the load, a face number has been defined. A warning is reported if a face has not been assigned when attempting to create the command.

C) 11 The layout of the wall area specification in a seismic load definition has been simplified. Note that this is currently only used with the IS 1893-1 2016 definition with a type 4 structure, i.e. Building with RC walls.

C) 12 The GUI has been updated to ensure that if a model has been analysed and has results, the assignment of a member attribute would invalidate the current set of results and update the model which would need to be reanalyzed. Previously this would cause the application to terminate.

C) 13 The calculation of the gust factor in the ASCE-1995,2002,2010 wind loading module for 'chimney' tank and similar structures', 'Solid signs', 'Open Signs', 'Lattice framework' and 'Trussed tower' has been modified to consider their specific damping and frequency. Previously the frequency and damping was determined using that of 'Building Structures' for all types of structures.

Top

(D) Physical Modelling Workflow (14)

D) 01 A new loading option has been added to allow variable pressure loading to be assigned to surface objects. The pressure at any point is determined by defining the pressure at three nodes on the surface.

D) 02 A new loading option has been added to allow hydrostatic loading to be assigned to surface objects. A quick method to define a variable pressure on surfaces based on a density and defining the zero pressure level.

D) 03 The processing of 'Area Loads' has been simplified such that it is now no longer necessary to generate the loading prior to creating the analytical model. This will now be done automatically.

D) 04 The Surface Definition is now used as the Title of the parametric model created in the STD file.

D) 05 The Physical Modelling workflow has been enhanced with the option to apply thermal loading on members and surfaces.

D) 06 Node loading in the Physical Modelling workflow has been enhanced to support the assignment in no global directions using a user defined axes system. Also the option to reference a common location, the origin of a UCS, allows radial loading to be defined.

D) 07 The validation routine for circular openings has been updated too ensure that it did not check against openings defined in other surfaces.

D) 08 The Indian seismic loading module has ben extended to provide the option of defining the wall areas when the structure type has been specified as a 'Building with RC Structural Walls' in order to determine the approximate fundamental natural period Ta according to clause 7.6.2 of IS 1893-1 2016.

D) 09 The Physical Model workflow now supports the definition and assignment of static and dynamic wind loads. The definitions have been added to the catalog and can be assigned to load cases defined with the appropriate category.

D) 10 The Physical Model workflow now supports the definition and assignment of snow loads. The definitions have been added to the catalog and can be assigned to load cases defined with a SNOW DEFINITION category. The definition of the roof to be loaded should be defined as a GROUP which includes the members that would be loaded.

D) 11 The Physical Model can be set to generate combination cases as primary load cases using a factored REPEAT method which allows models to use non-linear methods of analysis. The required method is set in the Options dialog.

D) 12 The surface object has been enhanced with a categorisation attribute that allows them to be classified as Walls or Slabs which will be used in future to assist in determining the appropriate design methodology to follow.

D) 13 A few dialogs have been modified to allow the displayed text to be localised for international versions of STAAD.Pro.

D) 14 The Physical Modeller has been enhanced with a new tool to editing characteristics of a selected surface such as redefining the boundary points and adding openings.

Top

(E) Other Modelling Workflows (01)

E) 01 The import routine for obtaining the pipe model from an AutoPIPE PipeLink database has been improved to ensure that the test for the axis system is based on the configuration defined in the model rather than that of the application.

Top

(F) Analysis Post Processing Workflow (05)

F) 01 The routine used to determine the stresses along a cutline in the 'Results Along Line' layout, has been re-written to produce more accurate evaluation of th4e stresses/forces away from the centroid of the plates.

F) 02 The Post Processing routine that displayed the output for a GNL analysis has been updated to prevent a crash if the current view did not contain all the members in the structure.

F) 03 The Design Results table in the Post-Processing workflow has been updated to support sets of results from multiple CODE CHECK or SELECT commands associated with the AISC 360-16 design code.

F) 04 The results of a Geometric Non Linear Analysis (GNL) has been re-introduced into the post processing workflow allowing the progression of a node displacement or the beam force at each iteration of the analysis to be graphically displayed.

F) 05 The routine that manages the Results Setup dialog > Modes content has been updated to address an issue when that would cause the application to terminate, by following a change in the modes with a change in the Range.

Top

(G) Other Post Processing Design Workflows (05)

G) 01 The Connection Design workflow has been updated to allow the support of connections where the column is defined from a hollow section. In order to achieve this, the column needs to take advantage of the recently added capability of assigning a MEMBTYPE member attribute on the column. See also C) 06.

G) 02 The Gusset Base Plate module in the Connection Design workflow has been updated to account for when bracing members have been connected to the web of the column.

G) 03 The designs of connections in the Steel Connection workflow have been updated to ensure that the if a bolt type is set as 'slip-critical', that setting is used in the design.

G) 04 The Steel Connection workflow has been enhanced with the inclusion design templates to the New Zealand code NSZ 3404-1997 (basic and smart, not gusset) as found in RAM Connection V13.1.

G) 05 The connection design report has been updated to ensure that where the text is used as a subscript such as when displaying an equation that has a variable raised to a power, then the text following this is returned to the base line.

Top

(H) Interoperability (02)

H) 01 The ISM routines used in the analytical model have been updated to address an issue that could be encountered when the STAAD model is hosted on a network drive which would result in the ISM interop reporting 'Unable to connect STAAD.Pro instance'. This issue has been addressed.

H) 02 The ISM interop provided in the Physical Modelling workflow has been updated to address an issue that occurs when updating a repository after modifying a surface which would report errors and the surfaces failed to export.

Top

(I) The Editor, Viewer and Other Modules (06)

I) 01 The TATA Structura 2014 profile database has been added to Section Wizard for both Section Builder and FreeSketch modules.

I) 02 The Output Viewer has been updated to alow the header/footer to be be included/excluded from the print document.

I) 03 The Indian section database in Section Wizard has been updated to include the WPB and NPB sections.

I) 04 User settings defined for the Editor and Output Viewer are now saved when exiting STAAD.Pro and these will be used when the application is next run.

I) 05 The Editor application has been updated to include a quick find bar to help quickly locate text in the data file.

I) 06 The Structure Wizard module has been updated to locate the data of the saved templates (default.stp), into a location that allows it to be updated with user settings.

Top

(J) OpenSTAAD (04)

J) 01 A new OpenSTAAD function has been created GetNewPrimaryLoadEx2. This takes three parameters for the title of the load case, the load category (as an index) and the load case number. See the OpenSTAAD Application API documentation for more details on this and the other available functions.

J) 02 Two new OpenSTAAD functions have been added to assist in working with models that include inactive members. Property.GetInactiveMemberCount indicates the number of members that have been marked as inactive for the analysis. The list of these inactive members can be obtained by using the function Property.GetInactiveMemberList(inactiveMemberList)

J) 03 The OpenSTAAD function Geometry.GetSelectedNodes() has been updated to ensure that the returned list of nodes excludes any nodes that were previously selected, but have been deleted.

J) 04 A new OpenSTAAD function has been added to obtain the complete job information data, GetFullJobInfo() along with the complimentary SetFullJobInfo(). See the OpenSTAAD documentation for details.

Top

(K) Documentation and Printing (04)

K) 01 The Technical Reference documentation sections GS. Limits on Models and TR.2 Problem Initiation and Model Title have been updated with additional guidance on the determination of the memory demands.

K) 02 The details for the Indian design codes documented in the Design section of the help have been re-ordered into a more logical sequence.

K) 03 The documentation in topic TR.37.4 Buckling Analysis has been updated to clarify the format required to perform an eigen method of buckling analysis (only valid for STAAD.Pro Advanced)

K) 04 The documentation for Russian wind loading has been updated in topic TR.32.12.3 Generation of Wind Loads, to clarify the requirements of the various versions of the command.

Top

(L) Licensing / Security / Installation (02)

L) 01 The installation has been updated to include completed versions of the tutorial files.

L) 02 The installation has been updated to include version 9.0.0.21 of Advanced Concrete Design module RCDC. Note that this is a free module with STAAD.Pro Advanced.

Top

STAAD.Pro CONNECT Edition Update 2, Build 21.00.02.30 ( 02 March 2018)

$
0
0
Current Revision posted to RAM | STAAD Wiki by Carlos Aguera on 4/12/2022 9:42:25 AM

What's New in STAAD.Pro CONNECT Edition Update 2, Build 21.00.02.30 ( 02 March 2018)

Issues addressed in:- 

  • (A) Analysis/Design Engine (31)
  • (B) Generic GUI Updates (14)
  • (C) Analytical Modelling Workflow (15)
  • (D) Physical Modelling Workflow (19)
  • (E) Other Modelling Workflows (02)
  • (F) Analysis Post Processing Workflow (03)
  • (G) Other Post Processing Design Workflows (03)
  • (H) Interoperability (09)
  • (I) The Editor, Viewer and Other Modules (02)
  • (J) OpenSTAAD (03)
  • (K) Documentation and Printing (14)
  • (L) Licensing / Security / Installation (05)

(A) Analysis/Design Engine (31)

A) 01 The AISC 360-10 design routine for double angle and double channel sections has been updated to ensure that the default spacing between connectors if not specified by the CSP parameter, is taken as the minimum of 12", LX, LY or LZ.

A) 02 The Indian design code IS800-2007 was modified in build 20.07.11.70 to improve the design of user defined shapes, however, this introduced a side effect which prevented the design of rectangular and circular solid sections which has been rectified.

A) 03 The Canadian steel design S16-09 for class 1 or 2 wide flange sections subject to bending and axial compression has been updated to correct the values of U1x and U1y that were being used for the three checks in clause 13.8.2. This requires addition of two new parameters, SSY and SSZ, that determine if the member is part of a braced frame in either local axis. Additionally two other parameters have been added to determine the method for calculating Omega1 as defined in clause 13.8.5. Currently this is always uses the method defined in part a) of that clause.

A) 04 An additional parameter, NCR, has been added for steel design to the Canadian code S16-09 so that it is possible to confirm that the choice of material/profile meets with the requirements of the option in the code to use a value of 2.24 for 'n' in clause 13.3.1

A) 05 The implementation of new parameters for the IBC 2012 issue in Spro CE Update 1 has had a side effect on the Mexican seismic definition resulting in these to fail. This side effect has now been trapped and the Mexican seismic loading is now operational again.

A) 06 The analysis engine has been updated to catch any attempted use of a Reference Load Case in a Primary Load Case if the Reference case does not exist. Previously this would have caused the analysis engine to crash.

A) 07 The GNL analysis method has been updated such that if the analysis needs to continue beyond the specified STEPS when the joint displacement and displacement target is used, the analysis engine will now continue and provide details to display the Displacement VS load graph for any selected node.

A) 08 The calculation to determine the plastic properties of tapered square sections has been revised and is now based on the equation Z = bh2/4 - (b-2t)(h/2 - t)2. This does not affect analysis results, but impacts any design that uses the plastic property such as the AISC 360.

A) 09 The AISC 360-10 method for accounting for torsion case 2, i.e. fixed-fixed with end torque has been updated. One of the internal factors that should have been tanh(L/2a) and was determined as tanh(1/2a).

A) 10 The AISC ASD (9th edition) design routine has been updated to improve the design of sections where the web of a member is compact and thus there is no need to calculate a reduction factor Q when under direct compression. Previously the reduction factor was resulting in some designs using a lower capacity and thus conservative.

A) 11 The ACI 318-14 concrete design module which was provided as a technical preview in the previous release is now made available as a full commercial feature.

A) 12 The AISC 360-16 steel design module which was provided as a technical preview in the previous release is now made available as a full commercial feature.

A) 13 The warning message reported in the output file when a torsion design to AISC ASD (9th Edition) has been updated to clarify which angle or double angle profile has been designed with a torsion option and for which the design is not available A) 14 The AISC 360-10 design routine for handling tee sections under pure compression has been updated to ensure that the value of Qs is calculated using clause E-7-12 to 15 of the specification.

A) 15 The AISC 360-10 design of back to back angles and channels has been updated to ensure that the length taken for the spacing between connectors is the min of 10*(LX, LY or LZ) and the value of the CSP parameter which has a default value of 12 in.

A) 16 The member design routines for ASME NF 3000 (all years) have been updated to process an incorrectly specified value of ultimate strength that has been given a negative value. These assignments will be ignored and the design performed using the default value for FU. Note that previously this would have caused the design to crash.

A) 17 Two new parameters, CMY and CMZ have been provided for steel design to the Canadian CSA S16-09 and 14 codes to allow determination of the value of Omega1 in the member local axes. If a value is not provide, the default value will determined from clause 13.8.5(a). if a value is specified, then that value will be used for Omega1 in that axis.

A) 18 The AISC 360-10 steel design routine has been updated to address the Fe value used in Flexural Torsional Buckling for the compression capacity calculation. Members which are singly-symmetrical should use Eq. E4-5 to calculate Fe rather than Eq. E4-6 (which is used for un-symmetrical sections). Secondly, the calculation of Rpt according to F4-16 was being calculated on the min of the elastic modulus Sxc and Sxt rather than using the value of the appropriate side. This has been corrected.

A) 19 The routine for designing singly symmetric I sections with slender elements to the AISC 360-10 design code has been updated to ensure that the correct value of Sxc is used and can be noted from the values of Lp and Lr reported determined using the equations in F4.

The routine to design of wide flanged members with cover plates designed according to the AISC 360 steel design codes has been updated to correct the calculation of the effective radius of gyration rt used in equation (F4-5), (F4-7) and (F4-8) to determine the Lateral Torsion Buckling Capacity

A) 21 The processing of the SET BYPASS commands have been updated to ensure that if this has been set with one or more of the parameters as defined in the help documentation STAAD Language Reference > 5.5 Set Command Specification, then the specified database will not be created which may reduce the time of an analysis, but will result in warnings being generated if the program attempts to access those databases.

A) 22 The design of user defined General sections has been updated for the IS:800-LSD and WSD codes such that the value of the warping constant (Cw) used in the calculations will be taken from the value specified in the member properties. Previously, this value was being calculated internally.

A) 23 The design of user defined General sections has been updated for the CSA S16 codes such that the value of the warping constant (Cw) used in the calculations will be taken from the value specified in the member properties. Previously, this value was being calculated internally.

A) 24 The design of user defined General sections has been updated for the AISC 360 codes such that the value of the warping constant (Cw) used in the calculations will be taken from the value specified in the member properties. Previously, this value was being calculated internally.

A) 25 The Japanese steel design module AIJ 2005 has been updated to correct the value of PLB reported in the output is that of the critical case and that t is based on the supplied value of Ix rather than an internally calculated value.

A) 26 The output report for a member design to the IS800-2007 design code has been updated so that the slenderness reported is from the critical case and not the last load case in the design. (Note that this issue was documented in the Revision History for Update 1, 21.00.01.12, but was not fully implemented).

A) 27 The text that is included at the end of the output file (*.ANL) that indicates the analysis completed in a controlled fashion, has been updated to report the web address for technical support.

A) 28 The compiler user to build the STAAD.Pro engine has been updated to Intel Fortran Compiler version 17.

A) 29 Member design to the AASHTO ASD code has been updated to correct the calculation used to determine the bending-compression interaction coefficient (Cm) when not specified with the CMY or CMZ parameters. The sign of the moments had been correctly accounted for.

A) 30 The messaging reported in the output file associated with members being assigned multiple material properties has been updated.

A) 31 The analysis of models with load cases that include response spectrum commands defined with a Eurocode 8 specification has been updated to prevent a crash which occurs with this definition in earlier versions of the CONNECT Edition.

Top


(B) Generic GUI Updates (14)

B) 01 The GUI has been updated such that the selection tools are now provided in a separate Selection ribbon.

B) 02 The input unit selection dialog has been made user friendly with a quick selection for English (Kip and Feet) or Metric (KNs and Met) units or a Custom setting.

B) 03 A new facility to quickly reset all settings back to the default values has been provided in the Configuration Dialog.

B) 04 The news feed provided on the Start page when starting STAAD.Pro can be turned on and disabled directly from the News Feed dialog, but an additional option to re-activate it when turned off has been added in the Configuration dialog.

B) 05 The Search tool has been enhanced so that it provides searching inside the Title as well as Description for all the commands in all the ribbons.

B) 06 The dialog that sets the display units has been updated to allow a stress unit of Mton/m2 to be specified.

B) 07 The UNDO/REDO routines have been updated to operate better in the 64-bit environment which previously could cause the GUI to crash.

B) 08 The STAAD.Pro CE GUI has been updated to support proper rendering of members defined with a curved property attribute including for when it is defined with an inclined angle of greater than 180 degrees.

B) 09 Details of Open Source Licenses that have been used in STAAD.Pro are displayed in the Help>About dialog.

B) 10 A small change has been introduced in the GUI that now prevents the occurrence of a white line that would occasionally appear in the hearer.

B) 11 The Unit Convertor tool has been updated to support the entry of non-numeric characters so that now exponential values can be entered such as 1.23e2 as an alternative to the value 123.

B) 12 The Save As method GUI has been updated to ensure that if the path entered does not exist, the entered folder(s) are created. Previously this would display a confused message box and the file would not be saved.

B) 13 The ribbon commands have been updated to ensure that they display a tooltip even if the command is currently inactive/disabled.

B) 14 The right click context menu has been extended with two shortcut menu items to display the View Tools popup panel and the Quick Commands popup panel.

Top


(C) Analytical Modelling Workflow (15)

C) 01 The layout of the ribbon has been modified so that now the Display Units command has been moved from the Geometry ribbon and is now displayed in the View ribbon.

C) 02 The processing of section profiles data from the database catalogues has been updated to ensure that if a regional setting is used on the local computer that has a comma rather than period as a decimal separator, the data is processed accordingly.

C) 03 A new GUI method has been added to allow the definition of the dynamic component of the Russian wind loading to SP20.13330-2016.

C) 04 The Section Database Interface has been updated to ensure that profiles from the table 'Old-H Shape' can be utilized from the Japanese database.

C) 05 The Autoload Combination Generator has been updated to reflect the codes being used.

C) 06 The US steel profile database has been update to v15 published by AISC.

C) 07 A new wind loading module has been added to the Russian SNiP SP 20.13330-2016 code. This is a new method that separates the static and dynamic parts of the loading into separate load cases and produces the overall force as a combined effect.

C) 08 The Structure Wizard module has been updated to support the import models defined in a DXF file or a STD file. Previously this would simply lock the program and no model would be imported.

C) 09 The display of plate thickness properties listed in the Properties dialog box has been updated to include the thickness in the plate description.

C) 10 The description for the parameter CB in the context of an AISC 360 code has been clarified in the GUI.

C) 11 The Structure Wizard routine for creating cylindrical shell models has been updated to better handle axis inversions, i.e when then end ordinate is lower than the start ordinate. Previously this would have resulted in an unpredictable axis for the cylinder.

C) 12 The Property dialog box has been updated such that the dimensions of any defined rectangular or circular solid section is now displayed in the section name.

C) 13 The Time History load dialog has been updated to clarify that adding a damping value of 0.0000011 will result in damping not being used in the analysis.

C) 14 The routine to create a mesh used in the parametric modeler has been updated to support the 64-bit GUI introduced in Update 1.

C) 15 The GUI handling of a wind loading definition has been updated to better handle a specific situation where an intensity specification is deleted and then redefined in the same definition. Previously, this would not be possible until the file was closed and re-opened.

Top


(D) Physical Modelling Workflow (19)

D) 01 The Physical Model workflow has been enhanced to allow selection of all rows in the table which have the same value as the current item.

D) 02 The GUI has been updated to improve the update method used in displaying the Load Groups that have been created so that they display in the ribbon bar.

D) 03 The GUI has been updated to ensure that the items in the Load Group drop list is retained and updated after the physical model has been meshed into the analytical model.

D) 04 The GUI has been updated to provide consistency for setting the tolerance settings. Previously the ‘Merge node tolerance’ in the Options dialog was used with the tool ‘Surfaces>Select warped surfaces’ and was used with a test performed before decomposing into the analytical model. Now these both use an ‘Out of plane tolerance’ for checking for any warped surfaces which is also provided in the Options dialog.

D) 05 A new tool has been added to fix warped surfaces and added to the Surface ribbon. This will attempt to align any surface 1) Select only surfaces and no node, then the nodes of the selected surfaces that do not align with a plane determined for that surface. 2) select three nodes and a surface, then the nodes will determine the plane of the surface and all other nodes will be aligned onto that plane.

D) 06 The interop with ISM has been improved with the inclusion of linear supports on surfaces.

D) 07 The Physical Modeler has been updated to support the color theme specified in the Configuration dialog.

D) 08 The Physical Model Workflow has been updated to ensure that the creation of models with materials that do not have values defined for FY or FU still get created in the analytical model. Previously no material definition would be produced when using some European materials.

D) 09 The Special Selection routines available in the context menus such as Members>Special Selection has been updated such that the operation now acts on the whole model, not just the current selection.

D) 10 The validation of panel loads has been improved to prevent models with invalid data causing the creation of analytical models to be prevented.

D) 11 The keyboard shortcuts in the View ribbon have been updated to ensure all the commands can be driven using the keyboard.

D) 12 The communication between the physical and analytical workflows has been improved to better handle situations where multiple services are running and causing a conflict, thus preventing the analytical model from being created.

D) 13 The Copy Model tool has been updated to provide greater flexibility in generating models from current data by adding options similar to those provided in the Analysis Translational Repeat tool such as linking steps with members and keeping the base open.

D) 14 The shortcut access for a right turn in the view has been updated to > V > RI.

D) 15 Keyboard shortcuts have been added into the description of the ribbon commands.

D) 16 The import of ISM models has been updated to catch surfaces that may not be planar which will be listed in the message panel and appropriate action can be taken.

D) 17 The Copy tool provided to generate selected entities into one of the global directions has been updated to ensure that additional members can be created with or without an open base in a similar fashion as provided in the Analytical Workflow.

D) 18 The algorithm used in meshing surfaces into the finite elements has been updated to provide a better alignment of the element local axes to that of the parent surface local axes.

D) 19 The tool used to segment members has been updated to ensure that the tool only operates on the selected set of members.

Top


(E) Other Modelling Workflows (02)

E) 01 The export method for the Piping Workflow has been updated to ensure that the name of the local exchange file, which includes the piping information, is incorporated into the exchange file, and thus did not contain the model data.

E) 02 Importing a pipe model has been improved to better handle updating currently assigned pipe/structure connectivity.

Top


(F) Analysis Post Processing Workflow (03)

F) 01 The output graphs for a Steady State analysis have been updated to include the labeling of Hz.

F) 02 The graphs displayed for Steady State include an option to save the data as a text file, these have been updated so that the units are now also included in the text files that are created.

F) 03 The 'Load level v Displacement' diagram for a GNL analysis has been updated to ensure that when the option 'Limit Maximum Load Step for Graph' has been selected, the diagram is kept in step with the selected load step. Previously the graph was one load step out of sync.

Top


(G) Other Post Processing Design Workflows (03)

G) 01 The report generation tool for the RAM Connection workflow has been updated to allow reports for large numbers of connections o be created which previously would have caused the program to crash.

G) 02 The method used in the Check Regularity in Plan used in the Earthquake Post Processing Workflow has been updated to better work where models include floors that include re-entrant corners which previously would cause STAAD.Pro to crash.

G) 03 The routine that is provided in the Assign Connections group of the Connection Design ribbon, in the Connection Design Workflow to 'Select all connections with the same template and section' on models with multiple connections defined, has been updated to prevent this routine from causing the program to crash.

Top


(H) Interoperability (09)

H) 01 The method used by the ISM interop from the Physical Workflow has been improved to catch the situation where the interop action has been Canceled by the user and thus the operation is terminated without further updates.

H) 02 The CIS/2 import routines have been improved to ensure that the correct length unit is used in the definition of the Young Modulus. Additionally, the import of member end releases has been updated to ensure that the correct local axis assignment is used. The new version also now supports the import of support springs defined in the CIS/2 file.

H) 03 The ISM interop routine used in the Physical Workflow has been updated to improve the management of entities and their properties in the ISM repository that are not supported in the STAAD.Pro physical model. Previously an update cycle would have resulted in some entities and properties being marked as updated even though no change was implemented. Note that the current Structural Synchronizer 10.02 provides more details on exactly what properties have been modified when performing an update of the repository.

H) 04 The ISM interop in the Analytical Workflow has been updated to better handle node supports that have been defined with spring directions using the FIXED BUT specification that would not be correctly added into the ISM repository.

H) 05 The CIS/2 import routine has been updated to handle models with large numbers of members with no properties which previously caused the import to crash.

H) 06 (Issue withdrawn from Update 2)

H) 07 The CIS/2 import routine that handles section properties has been updated to work with the routines in STAAD.Pro CONNECT Edition.

H) 08 The ISM interop with Substructures has been updated to provide the option to update only entities identified as a named substructure.

H) 09 The CIS/2 import routine has been updated to support profiles that are named with properties in the STP file, but do not have an equivalent mapped named profile in the STAAD databases. These will now be imported into a UPT of type PRISMATIC.

Top


(I) The Editor, Viewer and Other Modules (02)

I) 01 The Output Viewer has been designed in the CONNECT edition style and provides additional capabilities similar to that provided by the Editor such as a contents panel and bookmarking all using the new ribbon style interface.

I) 02 The Editor has been enhanced with the capability to drag and drop highlighted text to new locations in the file.

Top


(J) OpenSTAAD (03)

J) 01 The sample OpenSTAAD macro, ToAutoPIPpub.vbs has been updated to follow the current requirements of first DIMing arrays before REDIMing them to the required size.

I) 02 The OpenSTAAD documentation has been completely revised and provides details on all available functions and methods.

J) 03 The OpenSTAAD Output functions GetAllPlateCenterPrincipalStressesAndAngles and GetPlateCenterNormalPrincipalStresses have been updated to ensure that they return the correct values for the selected load case.

Top


(K) Documentation and Printing (14)

K) 01 The example data in the help documentation section 1H.4.1. for US aluminum design has been corrected to include the required data.

K) 02 The standard example EXAMP14 which outlines the definition of a static seismic loading to the IBC 2012 code has updated the parameters CT and K index to CTX/CTZ and XX/XZ which provide the values in both orthogonal direction.

K) 03 The method used for processing the user report in a Print Preview window has been updated to prevent the application from crashing when changing layouts and the Print Preview window was open.

K) 04 The sample model provided in the installation for the verification ACI 318 3, has been updated to ensure that the design follows the version of the code in the verification text.

K) 05 The example documented in Verification Examples > Nonlinear Static Analysis > Deflection Calculation Through Pushover Analysis has been updated to clarify the load steps at which the checks are being performed.

K) 06 The example documented in 'Verification Examples > Steel Design per AISC ASD > Steel Design per 1989 AISC Code' has been corrected for the value of member check for Member 5 reported in Table 1. The value of 0.583 was being reported as 0.538.

K) 07 The topic View Tab in the Getting Started help documentation, Getting Started>Application Window Layout>Ribbon Control Reference >View Tab, has been updated to include details of the commands to toggle individual node, beam, plate and solid.

K) 08 The routine used to manage the User Report setup has been updated to prevent multiple instances of the dialog to be created and ultimately causing the program to crash.

K) 09 Section 5.13.3 of the help has been updated to clarify that Surface entitles which were provided in STAAD.Pro V8i are no longer supported and users are advised to use either the Physical Workflow or use parametric models in the Analytical Workflow.

K) 10 The detail report for a member designed using AISC 360-10 that is included in a User Report has been updated so that if the Track 2 option is used (i.e. detailed design information), then the report is correctly paginated.

K) 11 The User Report routines that are used to obtain the results of members designed to AISC 360-10 have been updated to ensure that where multiple non-sequential members are included, they are displayed in the report.

K) 12 The sample input data in the help section Design > Design Codes > 4. Canadian Codes > 4D. Canadian Codes - Timber Design per CAN/CSA-086-01 > 4D.4 Built-in Timber Section Library has been updated to use the correct format.

K) 13 The routine to print from the editor has been enhanced such that if a selection of text has been made when the print command is invoked, then the print can be set to print only that selection from the options in the print dialog.

K) 14 The inclusion of a rendered 3D model in a user report has been updated to ensure that the background is retained as that used in the display. In earlier versions of STAAD.pro CE, this may have printed in pink.

Top


(L) Licensing / Security / Installation (05)

L) 01 The installation has been updated to ensure that STAAD.pro model files, i.e. *.STD, are associated with the STAAD.Po CE application and are displayed with a suitable product icon.

L) 02 A number of the sample models have been updated so that they address warnings regarding zero stiffness's or other instabilities.

L) 03 A new set of examples are provided that cover the New Zealand steel design code, NZS 3404-1997.

L) 04 The method used for ensuring that the user has the current set of available design codes has been updated so that if upgrading from an earlier version of STAAD.Pro CE, the GUI also updates the list of design codes.

L) 05 The sample files included in the installation have been updated to use profiles from the current US AISC database v15.

Top


Last updated : 2018/03/02

2018. Bentley Systems, Incorporated

STAAD.Pro V8i SS6, Build 20.07.11.50 ( 03 December 2015)

$
0
0
Current Revision posted to RAM | STAAD Wiki by Carlos Aguera on 4/12/2022 9:42:25 AM

What's New in STAAD.Pro V8i SS6, Build 20.07.11.50 ( 03 December 2015) Issues addressed in:-

  • (A) The Analysis/Design engine (22)
  • (B) The Pre-Processing Mode (05)
  • (C) The Post-Processing Mode (02)
  • (D) The Steel Design Mode (00)
  • (E) The Concrete Design Mode (00)
  • (F) The RAM Connection Mode (00)
  • (G) The Advanced Slab Design Mode (00)
  • (H) The Piping Mode (00)
  • (I) The Editor, Viewer and other modules (00)
  • (J) OpenSTAAD (00)
  • (K) Documentation and Printing (05)
  • (L) licensing / security / installation (01)

(A) Issues addressed in the Analysis/Design engine (22)

A) 01 The AISC 360 steel design routines have been updated to address an issue if the first member of the design is a member specified with a MEMBER TRUSS specification and the group of members being designed included a taper member. This was causing the taper member design routines to fail.

A) 02 The IS456/IS13920 concrete beam design routine has been corrected to ensure that the design uses the correct design moments when the command TORSION 1 has been specified. Note the following a) In an IS456/IS13920 concrete beam design, the design bending moment considered at given section is calculated by summing two moments : Mz + an equivalent bending moment derived from Mx, calculated as per the code and b) The torsional moment not only increases the design bending moment, but also the requirement of stirrups. The command TORSION 1 is an instruction to for the design to ignore the effect of torsion. Whilst this was implemented in step b) it was still calculating the additional moment in step a). Now if the TORSION 1 command is specified both parts are ignored.

A) 03 The routine to process a SELFWEIGHT command has been updated to address an issue which would occur if a member list is assigned to the command which would result in the analysis crashing during the processing of this command.

A) 04 The analysis engine has been updated top correct a recent change in the processing of the path of an external User Provided Table which was causing the analysis engine to fail to find the UPT and result in an error being reported and the analysis failing to complete.

A) 05 The member section stresses for a user table wide flange profile where both flanges were defined with the same dimensions were incorrectly reported. The section forces were reported correctly, but incorrectly converted into stress values. Note that this issue was only a problem in the values reported in the output file, it did not affect the stresses reported in the Post Processing mode.

A) 06 The displacement results of an advanced cable analysis have been updated for models that include the CHANGE command.

A) 07 The design of double angle sections to IS 800:2007 has been updated to correct the calculation of shear area that were not checking for the connected leg.

A) 08 An issue with extracting the eigen modes has been addressed which manifest itself with duplication in reported modes. This has been adressed by displaying a warning if duplicate modes are generated and a new command nas been added SET EIGEN CONVERGENCE TOLERANCE 'n', where 'n' is a positive integer which is used to to determine the tolerance and which is set to 1.0e-n. The default is 6 (i.e. a tolernace setting of 1.0e-6). By increasing the value of 'n', it should be possible to eliminate duplicate modes.

A) 09 The floor loading command has been corrected to ensure that the distribution is managed correctly when using any length unit.

A) 10 The routine that calculates the section forces with the command PRINT MAXFORCE ENVELOPE has been corrected to prevent the command from causing the analysis to crash.

A) 11 The analysis engine has been updated to ensure that if it is encountering a problem with available memory on the system while calculating member section forces, the message that is reported in the output file correctly reflects the nature of the issue being faced.

A) 12 The output for an AISC 360-10 design code check specified with a TRACK 2 option, has been slightly modified by providing clearer section headings.

A) 13 The Indian steel design IS 800:2007 has been updated to ensure that the parameter CAN is processed, i.e. to treat the member as a cantilever. Addressed in Build 20.07.11.45 but not documented

A) 14 The FLOOR LOAD specified with the INCLINED option was failing to identify a panel to load with the internal precision of 0.01% of the maximum span of the panel. This now includes an additional test of 0.1 inch.

A) 15 The ACI 318 column design routines have been updated to improve the interaction check which is designed for bi-axial moments. If the design moments about either the Y or Z axes are very small (i.e. < 10e-3 kip-in), then this could have resulted in the capacity for that axis not to be calculated and the equation fail with a divide by zero error. This would have caused the analysis to crash. Now, this part of the interaction equation is explicitly set to zero. This was addressed in build 20.07.11.33, but not documented.

A) 16 The ACI 318 column design routines have been updated to address an issue when the column is subject to very small axial loads. This was resulting in a negative required steel area. This should then result in the assignment of the minimum steel area which was not occurring. This modification was introduced in build 20.07.11.45, but not documented.

A) 17 The analysis engine has been updated to catch a limitation with the Master/Slave command in that it is currently not possible to have a node on a solid entity as a slave node. Previously this would have caused the analysis to crash. Now this situation is captured, the analysis is terminated and an error reported in the output file. This issue was addressed in 20.07.11.45, but not documented.

A) 18 The ACI 318 column design routine has been updated to ensure that when both the axial load and bending moments are small, the routine to check that sufficient steel has been provided completes the check for the full range of possible steel percentages. A fix provided in build 20.07.11.45 meant that this routine ended prematurely and resulted providing insufficient reinforcement.

A) 19 The oneway floor load distribution routine has been updated such that if the panel in which the load in defined is square, unless a specific direction is given, this load will generate a 2 way distribution on the perimeter members. Previously this would have resulted in no load being generated on those members. This is supported with a warning message in the output file.

A) 20 A change in the compiler used to create the STAAD.Pro analysis engine in the SS6 release has resulted in User Tables with a space in the filename/path not being processed. This resulted in an error message being displayed and the analysis terminated. These files are now processed. Note also the GUI has also been updated to ensure that it handles such files with double quote marks ("...") around the filename/path.

A) 21 The analysis engine has been updated to ensure that if a REFERENCE load case is defined including multiple SELFWEIGHT commands with named member list parameters, the lists are now handled correctly, which previously caused the analysis to crash.

A) 22 The intermediate axial forces have been corrected for models which include two or more analysis commands each followed by a CHANGE command and steel design checks follows immediately after CHANGE command. This resulted in the intermediate axial forces being reported with clearly incorrect values.

Top


(B) Issues addressed in the Pre-Processing Mode (05)

B) 01 The method used by the GUI to determine the screen size and thus display a warning if inadequate has been updated to use the details of the screen that the application has been launched which benefits users who use the computer connected to multiple monitors of varying resolution.

B) 02 The dimensions of 4 CHS sections in the European hot rolled steel database were set to zero, these have been corrected.

B) 03 The GUI has been updated to improve handling models with more than 65537 objects assigned a given combined profile and material combination (i.e. Property reference). Such models were being saved without the full assignment of properties. This has now been addressed and this limit has been removed.

B) 04 The routine used to determine the intersection of crossing members within a given tolerance has been updated to allow for negative values in the routine which otherwise fail to catch some intersections.

B) 05 The Canadian steel database has been updated with plastic properties for the channel sections in the C and MC tables. These are not published values and have been calculated using the section geometry.

Top


(C) Issued Addressed in the Post-Processing Mode (02)

C) 01 The graphs of members defined with the TRUSS specification have been updated to ensure that the values at intermediate locations are displayed.

C) 02 The post processing of the results for steel designs to the AISC 360-05/10, CSA S16/09/14 and IS 800 codes has been updated to ensure that if deflection parameters are defined, but no explicit serviceability envelope defined, the results might include a reference to a rogue deflection check. Note that this issue did not affect the results in the output file.

Top


(D) Issues Addressed in the Steel Design Mode (00)

(None)

Top


(E) Issues Addressed in the Concrete Design Mode (00)

(None)

Top


(F) Issues Addressed in the RAM Connection Mode (00)

(None)

Top


(G) Issues Addressed in the Advanced Slab Design Mode (00)

(None)

Top


(H) Issues Addressed in the Piping Mode (00)

(None)

Top


(I) Issues Addressed in the Editor, Viewer and other modules (00)

(None)

Top


(J) Issues Addressed in OpenSTAAD (00)

(None)

Top


(K) Issues Addressed with Documentation and Printing (05)

K) 01 The Eurocode 8 Response Spectrum documentation has been updated to clarify the ground acceleration term Alpha.

K) 02 The documentation for Verification Examples, Plate/Shell Elements, Static Element 8 has been updated to clarify the problem.

K) 03 The Technical Reference Manual section 5.37.8 Geometric Nonlinear Analysis has been updated to clarify the correct use of the geometric stiffness flag KG.

K) 04 The Technical Reference Manual section 5.32.3.1 Element Load Specification - Plates, has been updated to clarify the correct specification for pressure loads perpendicular to the surface of the plate is:- element-list PRESSURE p1 (x1 y1 x2 y2).

K) 05 The International Design Codes manual has been updated to include the option of a value 2 for the specification SBLT to indicate the section being fabricated from a cold formed process.

Top


(L) Issues Addressed with licensing / security / installation (01)

L) 01 Roaming Project Settings have been added to allow models to have the default configurations unified with CONNECT Project. Three capabilities have been introduced and avalilable from the File>Configuration dialog in a new Project Profile sheet.

    1) Create CONNECTED Project profiles. A feature typically used by the project manager, this collates the current set of configuration settings and produces a zip file DefaultConfig.zip, located in the folder c:/Users/(current user)/App Data/Local/Bentley/Engineering/STAAD.Pro V8i SS6. This can be uploaded to the CONNECT Project Portal using the 'Application Settings' on the website of the project. These settings will be used by any model that is set to use this project and has the option 'Use Roaming Profiles' checked.

    2) Use Roaming Profiles. Typically used by any design team member working on a CONNECTED project. When this is set, then any model associated with a CONNECTED project will obtain the assigned settings for the project that has been uploaded by the project manager as defined above.

    3) Detemine the default CONNECT project to pre-select a project in the Project Chooser dialog when associating a STAAD.Pro model with a CONNECTED project.

Top

STAAD.Pro V8i SS5, Build 20.07.10.66 (14 January 2015)

$
0
0
Current Revision posted to RAM | STAAD Wiki by Carlos Aguera on 4/12/2022 9:42:25 AM

What's New in STAAD.Pro V8i SS5, Build 20.07.10.66 ( 14 Jan 2015)Issues addressed in:-

  • (A) The Analysis/Design engine (00)
  • (B) The Pre-Processing Mode (00)
  • (C) The Post-Processing Mode (00)
  • (D) The Steel Design Mode (00)
  • (E) The Concrete Design Mode (00)
  • (F) The RAM Connection Mode (00)
  • (G) The Advanced Slab Design Mode (00)
  • (H) The Piping Mode (00)
  • (I) The Editor, Viewer and other modules (00)
  • (J) OpenSTAAD (00)
  • (K) Documentation and Printing (00)
  • (L) licensing / security / installation (01)

(L) Issues Addressed with licensing / security / installation (01)

L01) The licensing module has been updated to ensure the actual usage of the application is correctly reported.

What's New in STAAD.Pro CONNECT Edition V22 Update 8

$
0
0
Current Revision posted to RAM | STAAD Wiki by Carlos Aguera on 4/12/2022 9:42:25 AM
IDPublishing Notes
487658Analysis/Design Engine - The IS800:2007 steel design routine has been updated to trap an error which would cause the design to crash if the a web stiffener parameter TSP is included and specific combinations of spacing and web thickness were encountered.
487689Analytical Modeling Workflow - The dialog box used to define a load envelope in the Loading Layout, has been modified to ensure that the type can be identified and selected.
487771Documentation and Printing - The formatting of a steel design to the Eurocode 3, EN 1993-1-1 has been updated to better fit an A4 layout.
487772OpenSTAAD - The OpenSTAAD function AddRepeatLoad() has been updated to ensure that the function creates the load cases with factors as specified and also provides a correct return value.
487784Other Workflows - The routine used to determine the alignment of a tee profile used as a brace has been updated to better ensure the flange is positioned as per the alignment in the STAAD.Pro model.
487797Other Workflows - The creation of connections in the Steel Connection Design Workflow has been updated such that if a group of connections are created simultaneously, where previously each connection was being assigned the loading data that applied on all the other connections in the group, now only the loading associated with the specific connection is assigned to each connection.
487798Other Workflows - The method used to process the bolt positions of a saved custom base plate design in the Steel Connection Design workflow has been updated when being handled as a group (i..e multiple connections).
487817Analytical Modeling Workflow - The routine used to report the section properties in the in the Plate Query dialog has been updated to ensure that section data has been assigned to the plate before attempting to display it in the dialog. Previously if the selected plate did not have any assigned property information, displaying the Property sheet would cause the program to crash.
487902Generic GUI Updates - The GUI has been updated to address an issue that would occur when attempting to produce a rendered 3D view of a model which includes UPT profiles defined with profile points. There is a limit of 100 points per profile. If this limit is exceeded the member will not be drawn.
487905Other Workflows - The routine used to determine the chords/braces from members that are used in the Steel Connection Design Workflow has been updated to improve the ability of the Smart Connection type 'Chord Branches' to determine member attributes and assign connections.
487944Documentation and Printing - The format of the report generated from a Connection Design has been slightly modified to improve the layout of tables which did not fit on an A4 page layout.
487955Other Workflows - The logic used to determine the status icons used in the Steel Connection Design workflow report has been modified to ensure that design results that have a utilisation of exactly 1.00 are shown with a pass (i.e. green) icon.
488018Documentation and Printing - The format of the User Report item, Utilization Ratio Table has been modified to ensure the values of Actual Ratio and Ratio (Act/Allow) can be displayed when an increased number of decimal places is used.
488040Analysis/Design Engine - The design routine for the Canadian S16-09 and S16-14 steel design codes have been updated to address an initialisation issue encountered for members designed with the command FIXED GROUP along with SELECT MEMBER which would result in the design terminating.
488059(No documentation required, issue could not be reproduced)
488060Other Workflows - The range of sample templates in the Steel Connection Design Workflow that are supported without a RAM Connection license have been updated to reflect the current range of templates that are available when the license is used.
488075Other Workflows - The Steel Connection design workflow routine to generate reports has been updated to ensure that the option to include the DXF Drawing is only available if the 'Individual' rather than 'Combined' method is selected.
488078Other Workflows - The names of the templates available in the Steel Connection Design workflow can in many cases exceed the space provided in the connection dialog box and although a horizontal scroll bar has been provided to help, this did not always expose the full description. The scroll bar now provides additional space to help show the full names of the templates.
488108Documentation and Printing - The OpenSTAAD documentation has been extended to clarify the details of the following functions that provide access to the parametric model data:- DefineParametricSurface(), AddParametricSurfaceToModel(), CommitParametricSurfaceMesh(), RemoveParametricSurfaceMesh(), AddDensityPointToSurface(), AddDensityLineToSurface(), AddCircularRegionToSurface(), AddPolygonalRegionToSurface(), GetParametricSurfaceInfo(), GetParametricSurfaceMeshInfo(),GetParametricSurfaceMeshData()
488276Analysis/Design Engine - The Russian steel design code SP 16.13300:2017 has been updated to improve the reporting of a deflection design triggered by the assignment of a DFF parameter, such that results for both deflection and strength checks are reported, but determined by the governing defection load case. This was previously reported as a Known Issue.
488428Analytical Modeling Workflow - The display of the parameter length for flexural torsional buckling, LT, in the Canadian steel design code S16-01 has been updated to ensure that if the base units are set to English, then if it is edited, it is correctly converted to the current length units.
515561Post Processing Workflow - The Structure Diagrams dialog sheet Force Limits provides an option to color code members based on a chosen result range. Values for the range can now be set such that the minimum can be any value less than a specified maximum and the maximum can be an value greater than the minimum. Previously only zero or a negative value were supported for the minimum and only zero or a positive value could be used for the maximum value.
542365Generic GUI Updates - The Quick Access Toolbar (QAT), that is displayed by pressing the space bar over the graphics window, has been updated to include the option to include the Label Settings command icon.
562592Documentation and Printing - The routine used in the user report tool for including mode shapes and frequencies has been updated to ensure that if the required range of shapes/frequencies is selected, this set will be used in a report. Previously defining a reduced set of modes/frequencies would cause the application to crash when either previewing or printing the report.
596050Generic GUI Updates - The database of steel profiles provided under the Russian collection has been updated to V2 with new profiles added to the tables with a significant number added to the Tube table corresponding to the GOST 30245-2003 publication.
621827Other Workflows - The method used in the Steel Connection Design routine to determine the angles of the members of rafters for Apex connections has been updated to address an issue that was encountered when the connection was on end B of a beam.
638101Analytical Modeling Workflow - The routine used by the Member Query dialog box that allows materials to be assigned on the Design Property Sheet has been updated. This action invalidates the current set of results including some which the dialog was accessing, which caused the application to terminate. This action has been revised to handle the removal of the analysis/design results.
638129Analysis/Design Engine - The design routines for CSA S16-14/09 and IS800:2007 WSD have been updated to improve the selection of members using the FIXED GROUP command when followed by a GROUP command. Previously for these codes, the routine would cause the design to terminate with an Access Violation message. Additionally the routine has been updated to better support situations which have multiple design codes such that a CHECK Code is performed to one code, then a design to AISC 360-16 with a FIXED GROUP / GROUP specification which also caused the design to terminate.
646143Analytical Modeling Workflow - The loading workflow has been enhanced with a two new capabilities to assist in the creation of wind loading to the Indian specification IS875(Part 3):2015. The creation of a traditional wind definition, but set to IS875(Part 3), allows the program to determine the wind pressure profile based on the code details. definition Additionally there is a new Wind Load Generator that will use the principles of the definition, but also create load cases for wind from all four compass points. Each case applying the load on all the four building faces
646150Analysis/Design Engine - The methods used in the steel design to the Eurocode, EN 1993-1-1 has been enhanced to support the ability of performing a combined strength and serviceability checks in a single design check. This is achieved by specifying load cases/combinations in envelopes of type STRENGTH and SERVICABILITY as appropriate and defining a LOAD LIST with the required ENVELOPES.
646155Interoperability - A new offering from Bentley with ProjectWise 365 includes a project share service allowing data to be hosted and synced on a protected cloud repository. In order to make best use of this service, STAAD.Pro has been tested to ensure that using this service allows all data files associated with the model to be be synced. For more information on ProjectWise 365 see Document Management Software | ProjectWise | Bentley Systems
646158Post Processing Workflow - The Plate Results layout has been enhanced to provide more information with envelopes. New sheets have been added to the Plate Centre Stress and plate Corner Stress tables showing for each plate the value and load case that generates the most positive or negative result. Note the envelope is defined by the collection of load cases selected in the Results Setup dialog. The contour options available in the Diagrams>Plate Stress Contour dialog now includes Envelope as a selectable load case with the option of either +ve or -ve results
646164Physical Modeling Workflow - The Structure Wizard template provided in the Physical Model workflow, 'Modular Tank RCDC' for rapid prototyping of liquid retaining tanks has been enhanced to allow for stepped external walls, tanks to be buried and thus including soil effects on the walls accounting for a raised water table and surcharge loading as well as buoyancy loading from empty tanks.
646167Other Workflows - The components used in the Steel Connection Design workflow have been updated to utilise the RAM Connection V13.5 dlls. This has extended the connection design with new gusset connections for IS800:2007, column-beam-brace joints and tubular mitred knee joints for the Australian and New Zealand codes. See this posting for more information:- RAM Connection CONNECT Edition V13 Update 5 (v13.5.0) Release Notes - RAM | STAAD Wiki - RAM | STAAD - Bentley Communities
646168OpenSTAAD - New OpenSTAAD function s have been added to allow the addition of Direct Analysis commands, and run the analysis from a macro without having to manually click on the 'Done' button on the Analysis/Design dialog box when the analysis process completes
646170Interoperability - The iTwin Services cloud interop provided in the Physical Model workflow using ProjectWise 365 has been extended to support the inclusion of steel design results to AISC 360-16. (This is only provided as an EAP)
646171Interoperability - The iTwin Services module provided in the Physical Model interface has been updated to reflect feedback from users. This module is used to create ISM data and iTwin modules. The cloud based iTwin interop is currently being refactored using the Bentley ProjectWise 365 platform, but is only available as an EAP. Contact your Bentley software provider or register a Service Request if you wish to participate.
646174Other Workflows - The Chinese Steel Design Workflow has been enhanced by providing additional functionality including the ability to quickly set the load cases used for strength and serviceability checks by picking combinations classed as ultimate or SLS from the automatic load generator. Additionally supporting steel design for Chinese Direct Analysis method and considering axial forces in beam design and providing support for multiple design parameter results . To assist in the design, additional steel materials have been added to the base analysis workflow which if used on the model will be taken as the default material in the design.
646176Analysis/Design Engine - The steel design to the Canadian code CAN/CSA S16 has been extended with the addition of the 2019 version of the code. This provides both strength and serviceability checks accounting for the changes in from the earlier 2014 code including in axial compression and bending, axial tension and bending, shear and bending, flexural buckling and flexural torsional buckling.
649109Physical Modeling Workflow - The Analysis Commands dialog introduced in V22 Update 7 has been updated to better handle the undo/redo log which was being purged when the Save was clicked.
661970Analysis/Design Engine - The SELECT and SELECT OPTMISE design routines for AISC 360-05 and AISC 360-10 have been updated to ensure that during the selection process the slenderness calculations correctly adjusted for the selected profile.
662002Analysis/Design Engine - The SELECT routine used with the AISC 360-16 steel design routine has been modified to ensure that the warping constant is updated for each considered profile during the selection process.
665421Analysis/Design Engine - The steel design routine used with the Canadian CAN/CSA S16-14 and 09 codes that processes the effective length factors defined in KY and KZ has been updated to ensure that if the member is subject to uniaxial bending, then the effective length factor specified for the axis being bent about is used. Previously a value of 1.0 was always used.
666181Other Workflows - The routine that is used by the ribbon action in the Steel Connection Design workflow that selects the Beam-Splice Joints has been updated to ensure that if there are beams which do not have webs that are parallel, these will not be identified. Previously if such joints were detected, this would cause the program to terminate. (This issue was addressed in V22 Update 7, but not documented)
668054Generic GUI Updates - It has been reported that the display of a model has in some unspecified cases the computer attempted to access data elements that were not present. The lack of presence resulting in the application crashing. The GUI has been modified to first test for the data prior to access and thus will prevent the crash from occurring.
669073Analysis/Design Engine - The AISC 360-16 steel design routine has been modified to ensure that when calculating the torsional or flexural-torsional elastic buckling stress Fe according to clause E-4, the warping constant, Cw, is now omitted (set to zero) for Tee and double angle profiles.
669330OpenSTAAD - The OpenSTAAD function GetBeamPropertyAll() has been updated to ensure that the function correctly returns the values of the thicknesses populated in TF and TW for profiles defined in User Defined Tables (UPTs) of type ANGLE and PIPE.
670347Analysis/Design Engine - In order to support the recognition of language to evoke negative emotional responses, the functionality provided in the analysis to tie together defined degrees of freedom from one node to another has been modified. The syntax of the command MASTER/SLAVE has been changed to CONTROL/DEPENDENT. The functionality remains identical, just the terms replaced. This is also reflected in changes in the OpenSTAAD functions with the following functions deprecated:- * AddMasterSlaveRelation(); * GetMasterSlaveRelationCount(); * GetMasterSlaveRelationInfo(); * GetSlaveNodes(); * DeleteAllMasterSlaveRelations(); These have been replace with the following equivalent functions * AddControlDependentRelation(); * GetControlDependentRelationCount(); * GetControlDependentRelationInfo(); * GetDependentNodes(); * DeleteAllControlDependentRelations(); Note that models that contain the older terminology will be updated to the new when opened in STAAD.Pro.
672043Documentation and Printing - The user documentation for the Physical Model Workflow, topic Modify Member Alignment dialog has been updated to provide clearer guidance on the specific locations that are assigned with the Cross Section Position specification when applied to a physical member.
673212Analysis/Design Engine - The determination of web slenderness of wide flange sections designed to AISC 360-16 has been updated to include a reduction in the web length due to the internal rolling radius. This applies to members with or without the inclusion of cover plates.
674105Documentation and Printing - Additional verification examples have been added to the installation including Eurocode German NA, AISC 360 tubes, AS4100 column, AISI 2016 zee and channel section, and GB50017-2017 examples.
674117Physical Modeling Workflow - The capabilities provided to create groups, select multiple groups, even produce placeholders in the analytical model for empty groups has been added. Additionally the automatic load case generator has been enhanced to allow specification as to which analysis set the load cases will be assigned to.
674125Analytical Modeling Workflow - The creation of a Wind Load Definition has been slightly modified such that the initial dialog now requires the code that will be used to be specified in a new drop list. This is used then to prepare the details of any tool that could be used to generate the wind pressure profile.
674154Other Workflows - The Chinese Steel Design Workflow has been updated to address a limitation in a routine that existed in selecting members in a large model to assign design parameters to. If this limitation was crossed, the application would terminate. The limitation has been removed.
674616OpenSTAAD. - A new function has been added to allow the creation of cable specifications, CreateMemberCableSpecEx(). Note that there the OpenSTAAD documentation , Writing OpenSTAAD in Other Programming Languages, has been extended to include a sample VB.NET project
674727Other Workflows - The Chinese Steel Design Workflow has been updated to address a limitation in a routine that existed in the allocation of memory for load cases in a large model. If this limitation was crossed, when attempting to define or assign design parameters the application would terminate. The limitation has been removed.
674871Analysis/Design Engine - The default value of the ultimate steel strength for a grade A36 steel, defined with SGR 1 in the AISC 360-16 steel design code, has been updated to reflect the thickness of material. Previously this was always taken to be 80ksi.
675197Documentation and Printing - The OpenSTAAD documentation has been extended to include details for the functions AnalyzeModel() and GetErrorMessage(). Additionally the details of the function IsPhysicalModel() has been revised.
675250Analytical Modeling Workflow - The yield and strength data that is assigned with a generic STEEL material which has been defined in the model file has been corrected to ensure that these values get assigned. These values were being reset to zero when the file was saved. This did not impact the analysis but is used by some post analysis routines which would use their default values.
675404OpenSTAAD - The OpenSTAAD function GetParametricSurfaceCount() has been updated to ensure that it operates consistently. Previously data was not being correctly initalised and if called multiple times, the second and subsequent use would not return correct information. This has been rectified.
678829Analysis/Design Engine - The output for an IS13920-2016 design check has been updated to provide clearer feedback where failures of strength checks have been identified at specific joints. Note that this is provided with a TRACK 4 output. If this has not been specified, a warning of the situation is included with a recommendation to use TRACK 4.
680976Physical Modeling Workflow - The routine used to generate the analytical model analysis data from the physical model loading definition has been updated to ensure that if an analysis set is defined that only contains load combinations, then this set will be created. Previously the set was only created if it included one or more primary load cases.
681838Physical Modeling Workflow - The import of models using the ISM interop in iTwin Services has been updated to handle members which are set with a shear centre alignment so that they map to a straight centre alignment.
682018Documentation and Printing - The OpenSTAAD documentation for the functions GetBeamsConnectedAtNode() and RenumberBeam() have been updated to clarify the functionality.
682494Analysis/Design - The routine used at the start of the analysis process to determine that sufficient memory has been reserved for the result data that will be produced for the size of model and load cases has been updated to catch additional situations where this will occur and report this as an error requiring that extra space be allocated using the SET NL command.
683875OpenSTAAD - The OpenSTAAD function GetParametricSurfaceInfo() has been updated to address an issue with the persistence of data which resulted in data of a model that was opened second in a session, not being updated with new data. Hence the function was returning the values from the original model. This has been addressed and opening a new model in a session will now be used with this function.
686580Other Workflows - The gusset connection option for horizontal girder, beam-brace (HBBB) templates in the Steel Connection Design workflow has been updated to help support options where the connection includes a 'front beam'. Refer to the RAM Connection documentation for more details.
687154Documentation and Printing - The documentation that outlines the functions available in the OpenSTAAD Application Object has been updated with details on the following 18 functions that assist in working with physical objects and surfaces defined as parametric models:- * CreatePhysicalMember() * DeletePhysicalMember() * SetFlagForHiddenEntities() * GetFlagForHiddenEntities() * HasHiddenEntities() * DefineParametricSurface() * AddParametricSurfaceToModel() * CommitParametricSurfaceMesh() * RemoveParametricSurfaceMesh() * AddDensityPointToSurface() * AddDensityLineToSurface() * AddCircularRegionToSurface() * AddPolygonalRegionToSurface() * GetParametricSurfaceInfo() * GetParametricSurfaceMeshInfo() * GetParametricSurfaceMeshData() * GetBeamLength() * DoTranslationalRepeat()
687156

Documentation and Printing - The OpenSTAAD documentation has been updated on the following 10 functions to provide better guidance on their use:- PerformPDeltaAnalysisNoConverge(), PerformPDeltaAnalysisConverge(), PerformCableAnalysis(), PerformBucklingAnalysis(), SetFloorDiaphragmBaseCommand(), DeleteFloorDiaphragmBaseCommand(), SetCheckSoftStoryCommand(), DeleteCheckSoftStoryCommand(), SetCheckIrregularitiesCommand(), DeleteCheckIrregularitiesCommand()

687158Documentation and Printing - The OpenSTAAD documentation has been updated to clarify the details of the following functions that provide access to the results data:- GetOutputUnitForDimension(), GetOutputUnitForSectDimension(), GetOutputUnitForSectArea(), GetOutputUnitForSectInertia(), GetOutputUnitForSectModulus(), GetOutputUnitForDensity(), GetOutputUnitForDisplacement(), GetOutputUnitForRotation(), GetOutputUnitForForce(), GetOutputUnitForMoment(), GetOutputUnitForDistForce(), GetOutputUnitForDistMoment(), GetOutputUnitForStress(), IsBucklingAnalysisResultsAvailable(), GetNoOfBucklingFactors(), GetBucklingFactor(), GetBucklingModeDisplacementAtNode()
689337Other Workflows - The routine used in the Steel Connection Workflow that is driven by the function Select Joints>Select Special Joints, and in particular Beam-Girder has been updated to better identify the relevant joints. Previously a test performed in this process would have caused the application to crash.
691112Physical Modeling Workflow - The logic used to test when processing multiple seismic load cases in a model that has multiple analysis sets defined has been updated to better reflect the specific requirements of the analysis engine. The requirement is that the seismic load cases must be included as the first case(s) in its specified set and these must be specified first before any load set that does not start with a seismic case(s).
691228OpenSTAAD - The OpenSTAAD function PerformPDeltaAnalysisNoConverge() has been updated so that the default SMALLDELTA option is included. Note that this is provided for clarity as this is the default if not included, but by including it using the OS function, the action taken by the analysis should be clear.
691231OpenSTAAD - The OpenSTAAD function PerformPDeltaAnalysisConverge() has been deprecated as this method is no longer supported by the analysis engine.
692997OpenSTAAD - The OpenSTAAD function CreatePhysicalMember() has been updated to address an functional issue which was previously preventing the function to generate any data.
693642Documentation and Printing - Additional clarification has been added to the topic D1.A.6 Design Parameters to clarify the method by which the material strength is determined in the design using the values from the member material definition and the parameters SGR/FY and FU.
693692Other Workflows - The routine that is used to provide the the connections that use a Tee profile for a connection such as the Standard Tee BCF, (basic or smart connections), has been updated to ensure that it can use the tee profiles from the STAAD databases.
693808Analytical Modeling Workflow - The wind loading definition dialog has been updated to catch a situation where the entry of intensity/height pairs is incomplete and there are more heights than intensities defined. In such cases clicking Add on the dialog to save this incomplete definition would cause the program to crash,
694309Post Processing Workflow - The method used to collate the data for generating a plate stress contour has been updated to catch a situation where the data to be contoured has not been prepared and thus this action would cause the application to crash.
694768Other Workflows - The Steel Connection Design workflow has been updated to include a template in the AISC 360 codes 05/10/16 for 'Fully Direct Welded BCF (Fully DW BCF)' which is available in the standalone version of RAM Connection.
698142Physical Modeling Workflow - The Assign Section dialog in the Physical Model Workflow GUI has been updated to allow a number of entries to be localised and provide a better experience for users of non-English versions of STAAD.Pro.
698415Analytical Modeling Workflow - The management of material data during a session has been updated. When saving a file, data relating to a material which had not been assigned to the model would be cleared from the system memory. However, it would still be displayed in the GUI and if assigned, would cause the application to crash. This is now addressed and materials listed but un-assigned after saving the file can be used as intended.
702092Analytical Modeling Workflow - The loading routine that is used to define wind loads to the Chinese wind load GB5009 has been updated such that if the definition dialog is opened to specify the details, the underlying dialog which displays the wind profile Intensity/Height data is locked and cannot be closed. Previously, it was possible to close this dialog with the definition dialog open which would cause the application to crash.
702871Other Workflows - The management of windows in the Steel Connection Design Workflow has been modified to prevent all windows from being closed, and effectively closing the model. In the Results layout that means that it is no longer possible to close the connection drawing window.
703205Other Workflows - Due to a restriction in the design capabilities of the template 'Moment End Plate- BCF), a test has been included to prevent them from being assigned to members with slopes.
703240Other Workflows - The Chinese Steel Design Workflow has been updated to ensure that the assignment of Design Parameters using the method 'Use Cursor to Assign' is correctly captured.
707329Analysis/Design Engine - The steel design routine for members to the Eurocode EN 1993-1-1 has been updated to ensure that for when the check/select design command has a list of members that include multiple tee profiles, the section properties for each of the tee profiles are determined based on the position its own neutral axis.
708118Other Workflows - The Chinese steel design routine which determined the values of Ky1, Ky2, Kz1 and Kz2 for columns. When set to FIXED BUT, these should be set to 0. Additionally if specified as a secondary member and is a cantilever, this calculation would cause a crash during the design which has now been rectified.
708590Generic GUI Updates - The routine used to process the initial setting up of the ribbon bar has been updated to address an issue which caused the application to terminate if the ribbon was set as minimised when the application was previously closed.
710597Analysis/Design Engine - The European steel design to EN 1993-1-1 has been updated for designing slender tee sections. The method used previously was incorrectly determining the major axis term when solving equation 6.62, for bi-axial bending interaction, which could overestimate the profile capacity.
714541Other Workflows - The option Group Optimization option in the design routine for the Chinese steel design code has been updated to ensure that all the members in a parameter set that has the 'Design Optimisation' checked , and are also part of a group definition will be optimised so that all the members end up with the same profile. Note that if a member is in multiple groups, then the last group it is defined in is used in this operation.
715894Other Workflows - The Chinese Steel Design workflow has been updated such that when an optimized design has been performed and the action to 'Apply Optimized Results' has been assigned, then not only will the profiles be assigned to the members in the STD file and a new analysis performed, but upon completion, the design will be performed to show the resultant effect of the new profile and analysis results.
716046Analysis/Design Engine - The Eurocode steel design, EN1993-1-1, for tee sections with slender webs has been updated to ensure the design properties are calculated accounting for the shift in neutral axis and thus reducing the effective moment of inertia.
716322Other Workflows - The Summary Results Table in the Chinese Steel Design workflow has been updated to better handle sorting the rows by clicking on the column heading.
720077Other Workflows - The Chinese steel design routine that performs optimisation, when specified, has been updated to allow the inclusion of tapered members, both wide flange and tubes, in the parameter set. Previously their inclusion would cause the program to crash.
721386Generic GUI Updates - The system used to determine if a model has been defined with/without a CONNECT Project has been updated to remove the automatic display of the project chooser if the model has not been associated with a project.
727048Physical Model Workflow - The routine used to generate the finite element meshes has been updated to improve the way physical members are subdivided when co-linear and separately connected to separate parallel surfaces which previously could result in the generation of overlapping members.
732218Analytical Modeling Workflow - The macro provided for automatically generating combinations as per the Eurocode EN1990 has been updated to support the additional load category resulting from the separation of the single SEISMIC to SEISMIC-H for horizontal seismic cases and SEISMIC-V for vertical seismic cases.

STAAD.Pro V8i SS5, Build 20.07.10.65 (29 October 2014)

$
0
0
Current Revision posted to RAM | STAAD Wiki by Carlos Aguera on 4/12/2022 9:42:26 AM

What's New in STAAD.Pro V8i SS5, Build 20.07.10.65 ( 29 Oct 2014)Issues addressed in:-

  • (A) The Analysis/Design engine (27)
  • (B) The Pre-Processing Mode (01)
  • (C) The Post-Processing Mode (00)
  • (D) The Steel Design Mode (00)
  • (E) The Concrete Design Mode (01)
  • (F) The RAM Connection Mode (01)
  • (G) The Advanced Slab Design Mode (00)
  • (H) The Piping Mode (00)
  • (I) The Editor, Viewer and other modules (00)
  • (J) OpenSTAAD (00)
  • (K) Documentation and Printing (01)
  • (L) licensing / security / installation (00)

(A) Issues addressed in the Analysis/Design engine (27)

A) 01 The inclusion of the new Russian steel design code SP 16.13330.2011 adversely affected the design routines for both Russian steel codes, SNiP 2.23.81-1999 and SP 16.13330-2011. This has been addressed and the design result for a member is now available in the member query window by double clicking on a member and the governing design clause reported in the Post Processing Unity Check results table.

The following outlines the details of issues addressed in both codes.

  • The addition of the SP 16.13330-2011 code introduced a variable that was not correctly initialised for each member that was being designed. This resulted in that is would be possible that the second and subsequent members would not be correctly designed.
  • The design method used CHECK or SELECT was not being reported correctly in the output file.
  • The pagination has been improved to ensure that all details for a TRACK 2 that exceed a page length are included on a new page and not truncated from a hard copy.
  • The details from the design are now included in a Steel Design sheet of a member query.
  • The governing clause and ratio is now reported in the Post Processing mode, Beam>Unity Check Page, Design results table.

Additionally issues relating specifically to SNiP 2.23.81-1999

  • Members subject to axial tension were being checked as though subject to compression.
  • The compression slenderness calculation as per clause 6.15 was not being properly recorded.

A) 02 The processing of a FLOOR DIAPHRAGM has been updated to ensure that 1) the details reported in the output file refer to the master node as per the input command and 2) the X ordinate of the reported centre of mass is correctly referenced, previously the Y value was reported.

A) 03 The processing of a FLOOR DIAPHRAGM has been updated to ensure that if either XRANGE or ZRANGE is used in a command, then this will be used to define a limited area for the diaphragm.

A) 04 The presence of CHANGE command along with rigid diaphragm is internally corrupting any load data present after the CHANGE command. When a rigid diaphragm is included in the model, the program internally generates primary load cases to calculate the Centre of rigidity. This has now been addressed.

A) 05 The IS 1893 Spectrum processing routine has been updated to account for conditions where INACTIVE MEMBERS are included which would result in generating a Read/Write failure and cause the analysis to stop.

A) 06 The IS1893 Part 4 code has been corrected in processing the SS (type of soil) and SA (spectral acceleration) terms. These were being inverted, ie soil type taken as the SA value and spectral acceleration as the SS value.

A) 07 The processing of a completely vertical cable with the Advanced Cable analysis has been addressed.

A) 08 The Advanced Cable Analysis output has been enhanced with details of instabilities and zero stiffness warnings if present.

A) 09 The Advanced Cable Analysis routine has been updated to catch any instance where the option SET NL has been used to specify a number of load cases less than those needed for the cable analysis and will issue the error message:- ***ERROR: THE MAXIMUM NO. OF LOAD CASES EXCEEDS LC. INCREASE SET NL INPUT.

A) 10 The command PRINT STOREY STIFFNESS should occur after an analysis command. If included before the analysis this was causing the program to crash. Now, this will report the following message and continue:- *** WARNING: STORY STIFFNESS IS NOT CALCULATED. PRINTING STORY STIFFNESS IS A POST-ANALYSIS FEATURE. 'CHECK IF ANALYSIS IS PERFORMED OR NOT.

A) 11 The analysis results for a response spectrum case with the SIGN and DOMINANT options has been further enhanced to ensure that if the response load case only includes node loads this is still handled in the same way as when member loads are included when establishing the section forces.

A) 12 The Canadian steel design code S16-01 has been corrected to address the the calculation of the effective area for class 4 (slender) angles under compression. The effective area calculation was only applying the reduction to a single leg of the angle, but should apply the reduction to both legs of each angle. This correction applies to both single and double angles.

A) 13 The Russian wind routine has been updated to ensure that the dynamic effects are correctly accounted for when the basic analysis engine is used. The results associated with the advanced solver were correctly resolved.

A) 14 The FEMA Pushover analysis routine has been updated to correct the calculation of the base shear which was in turn affecting the displacement calculations after formation of a hinge.

A) 15 The Canadian steel design code S16-01 report has been updated to ensure that the section classification for the critical condition is reported. Whilst it was being calculated and used correctly, it may not have been reported correctly. This has been corrected.

A) 16 The Advanced Cable analysis has been updated to catch loads that have been specified that are outside the scope of the analysis as outlined in the Technical Reference Manual section 1.18.2.8 Advanced Nonlinear Cable Analysis. Now, if inappropriate loads are specified, n error message is reported in the output file and the analysis stopped.

A) 17 The Advanced Cable analysis routine has been improved such that it is now possible to include multiple load cases with a single PERFORM CABLE ANALYSIS command.

A) 18 The analysis engine has been updated to now support Notional Load definitions when the model has been defined using a SET Z-UP definition.

A) 19 The AISC 360 2005/2010 codes have been updated to correctly calculate the slenderness ratios for double channel sections which prior were being reported as zero and thus failing the design with an interaction ratio of infinity.

A) 20 The AISC 360 2005/2010 codes have been updated to address an problem caused when including a FIXED GROUP command that resulted in the program to crash. This has been addressed.

A) 21 The AISC 360-05 ASD design check for tube sections has been updated to correct the minor axis shear capacity Vny and torsional design strength which was over estimating the utilization ratio.

A) 22 The TRACK 2 output from an AISC 360-05 for a member which is governed by the slenderness has been updated to ensure that the values of the design forces are reported correctly.

A) 23 The AISC 360 2005/2010 steel design routines have been updated to allow for higher torsional forces than before which would have displayed in the output file with a string of stars.

A) 24 The AISC 360-10 steel design routine has been updated to correct the calculation of compression capacity for a circular hollow or pipe section to clause E7-19.

A) 25 The processing of the AISC 360 parameter SNU for double angle and double channel sections, has been updated to ensure that when set to 0 (default) it represents a snug bolted fix using equation E6-1. When set to 1, it is treated as a welded or pre-tensioned bolted connection and use equation E6-2.

A) 26 The AISC 360 steel design reports have been updated for circular hollow sections defined in a PIPE user table. If values for shear area have been provided, these will be reported in a TRACK 2 output. However, note that the shear stress calculations in the AISC code are based on the gross area.

A) 27 The AISC 360 torsion check for circular hollow sections has been corrected in the determination of the direct stress which was previously not correctly accounting for the stress due to the applied moment.

Top

(B) Issues addressed in the Pre-Processing Mode (01)

B) 01 The GUI has been updated to ensure that when creating the STD file from the data that has been created using the GUI tools, the analysis commands are located after the section properties. On occasion the data was added in the reverse order and required the user to re-sort the data in the Editor.

Top

(C) Issued Addressed in the Post-Processing Mode (00)

(None)

Top

(D) Issues Addressed in the Steel Design Mode (00)

(None)

Top

(E) Issues Addressed in the Concrete Design Mode (01)

E) 01 The Concrete design mode has been updated to handle changes in the basic dimensions of beams/columns in the analysis model so that previously defined design results are now correctly invalidated.

Top

(F) Issues Addressed in the RAM Connection Mode (01)

F) 01 The RAM Connection Module has been updated to allow for double angle sections

Top

(G) Issues Addressed in the Advanced Slab Design Mode (00)

(None)

Top

(H) Issues Addressed in the Piping Mode (00)

(None)

Top

(I) Issues Addressed in the Editor, Viewer and other modules (00)

(None)

Top

(J) Issues Addressed in OpenSTAAD (00)

(None)

Top

(K) Issues Addressed with Documentation and Printing (01)

K) 01 The processing of loading defined in Reference Load Cases has been updated to ensure that the correct name is reported and the load details are displayed correctly.

Top

(L) Issues Addressed with licensing / security / installation (00)

(None)

Top

STAAD.Pro V8i SS6, Build 20.07.11.70 ( 22 March 2016)

$
0
0
Current Revision posted to RAM | STAAD Wiki by Carlos Aguera on 4/12/2022 9:42:26 AM

What's New in STAAD.Pro V8i SS6, Build 20.07.11.70 ( 22 March 2016) Issues addressed in:-

  • (A) The Analysis/Design engine (88)
  • (B) The Pre-Processing Mode (17)
  • (C) The Post-Processing Mode (06)
  • (D) The Steel Design Mode (01)
  • (E) The Concrete Design Mode (01)
  • (F) The RAM Connection Mode (03)
  • (G) The Advanced Slab Design Mode (00)
  • (H) The Piping Mode (00)
  • (I) The Editor, Viewer and other modules (11)
  • (J) OpenSTAAD (01)
  • (K) Documentation and Printing (06)
  • (L) licensing / security / installation (03)

(A) Issues addressed in the Analysis/Design engine (88)

A) 01 The analysis processing of models with SELFWEIGHT commands assigned to member lists has been improved to prevent erroneous warning messages being displayed at the end of the output file reporting that MEMB 0 does not exist.

A) 02 The STEEL TAKE OFF reported after a design to the IS 800:2007 code following a SELECT command has been corrected to correctly account for the section and property units.

A) 03 The IS 800:2007 design of back to back double angles has been corrected where Iy>Iz. The values for major and minor inertias were not being used correctly. Note that single angle or double angles where Iy < Iz were not affected by this issue.

A) 04 The Advanced Analysis engine has been updated to improve the methods used with large models that require a large amount of memory. Previously, if not set explicitly, the program would attempt to solve the problem with in-core memory. If this failed, this would require a manual introduction of the command SET STAR 4. Now, the analysis will automatically switch to an out-of-core solution if there are more than 20,000 nodes or the number of nodes x number of primary load cases > 20,000.

A) 05 The IBC and Colombian seismic design routines have been updated to ensure that the right values are reported if the model also includes a RIGID FLOOR DIAPHRAGM and requires additional nodes to be created at the centre of mass or stiffness.

A) 06 The report of the story stiffness reported with the command PRINT STORY STIFFNESS has been updated when rigid floor diaphragms have been included to ensure that the rotational stiffness values are reported in the correct units. Note that this is only a report issue, the values used in the calculations to account for the story stiffness were in the correct units.

A) 07 The design processes have been updated to address a member selection on cold formed profiles. If the model had defined the cold formed profile AFTER the definition of hot rolled profiles, then when the MEMBER SELECT command was run, the design would crash at this point. The underlying cause of this crash has now been addressed.

A) 08 The design of web-tapered wide flanged members has been improved in the IS 800:2007 code. Previously the flange classification could have been incorrect as they were being designed as welded profiles. The issue could arise when web-tapered wide flange sections were designed with the STP parameter set to 1 or un-specified.

A) 09 The Indian steel design code IS 800:2007 has been updated to ensure that the cantilever parameter CAN is properly accounted for such that with CAN set as 0, then the member will be treated as a general profile. When set to 1, will perform the cantilever check and when set to 2, will perform the Simply Supported beam check as per clause 8.2.1.2

A) 10 The Indian steel design IS 800:2007 has been updated to ensure that when a design is performed on a UPT wide flange section that has different size top and bottom flanges uses the correct section properties.

A) 11 The Indian steel design code IS 800:2007 has been updated to correct the design of General I Sections when calculating the section classification. The values or r1 and r2 were not using the correct actual axial force in the calculation and could result in the incorrect section classification.

A) 12 The Indian concrete design routine IS456 has been updated to correct a problem with the bar selection routine introduced in version 20.07.11.45. During the bar selection routine, the design will pick the bars that for the smallest overall area, willl provide the cpacity requirements. However, a second step is to then distribute these bars into up to 4 layers. During this step it may be pudent to choose a larger diameter During beam detailing if total number of bars required with a selected bar diameter cannot be accommodated in 4 layers, the next available higher bar diameter should be selected to reduce total number of bars required. Now the program will include this design step for bar diameter selection.

A) 13 The analysis process has been updated to catch an incorrect specification of a PRINT DIAPHRAGM CR (i.e. centre of rigidity) that is included prior to the analysis command, previously this would cause the analysis to crash. Now a warning reporting the nature of the error is included in the output file.

A) 14 The analysis process has been updated to catch duplicate definitions of diaphragms which now report the discovery of the duplication definition in the output file in the output file rather than cause the analysis to crash which occurred previously.

A) 15 The design of steel sections to EN 1993-1-1 when defined as a GENERAL analysis profile, but set as a Channel, Angle or Tee with Izz >= Iyy. This used a method defined in BS 5950 to determine the buckling moment. This has been replaced by the method from EN 1993-1-1 to calculate MbRd.

A) 16 The IS 800:2007 steel design module has been updated to improve the design of non-standard profiles. If a section is defined as a User Defined profile and specified the shear area, then the design will now utilize those properties rather than calculate them as per the design code as was occurring previously. Note that if a member is defined as a UPT General section, and does not contain details on any of the four primary dimension, i.e. D, BF, TF and TW, then this will be reported as a member that cannot be designed.

A) 17 The design of double back to back channels to IS 800:2007 has been updated to correct the calculation of the elastic modulus Zey.

A) 18 The analysis engine has been updated to improve handling larger models which included a SELFWEIGHT definition and a large number of load cases which was causing the analysis engine to crash.

A) 19 The option to include accidental torsion has been added to the Canadian NRC 2005 static seismic definition to account for differences between the centre of mass and centre of rigidity on each floor.

A) 20 The design of profiles to the AISC 360-05 and 360-10 codes has been updated to improve the way that the shear area for profiles from standard databases are handled. For analysis purposes, the shear area is calculated using a generic algorithm which was being used in the design calculations. However, AISC 360 has specific rules for how the shear area should be used in the design calculations which is now being followed. Note that for UPT sections, the shear area will be used as specified in the UPT table or if not entered in the UPT table, will be calculated with the code rules.

A) 21 The AISC 360 design TRACK 2 output has been updated to clarify the axis for which the shear checks are being performed.

A) 22 The method used by the analysis engine to access the properties of profiles from a cold formed steel database has been redesigned to improve accessing the data.

A) 23 The processing of INACTIVE MEMBERS has been updated to ensure that if defined but have no section property assigned, this will not be reported as a warning in the output file.

A) 24 The design of tapered tubes to the AISC 360-05 and AISC 360-10 design codes has been corrected to ensure that the value of torsion modulus is processed correctly. Previously the torsional modulus used was vastly underestimated resulting in overly conservative designs.

A) 25 The AISC 360-10 and AISC 360-05 TRACK 2 outputs have been slightly modified for the designs of angle and tee profiles, which do not have stiffened elements. The values which were calculated for the section classification were all correct however. This is just a display issue. Also the program additionally reports the load case number that has determined classification from table B4.

A) 26 The database of S1 and SS values for the IBC 2006 seismic definition has been updated to correct those reported and to be consistent with those reported by the USGS.

A) 27 (Defect not resolved and recorded as Known Issue 40)

A) 28 The AISC 360 design routines have been updated to ensure that if any design is performed on a section defined as a solid round profile, then this is NOT supported by the current modules.

A) 29 The Canadian S16-09/14 steel design routines for the design of single angle profiles has corrected the calculation of the compression capacity Cr and check for slenderness. Now if the member is subject to any moment, clause 13.3.3.2 is not applicable and the general approach used instead.

A) 30 The AISC 360 design routines have been updated to support the design of profiles in the Brazilian database CS, CVS and VS which are fabricated wide flange sections

A) 31 The Canadian steel design S16-09/14 has been updated to improve a problem in the formatting of the output introduced in the SS6 release, such that the value of large negative shear forces in excess of -999kN were being displayed as ******.

A) 32 The Indian steel design IS800-2007-LSD has been updated to ensure that the sign of the design forces are not inverted in a TRACK 2 output.

A) 33 The Indian steel design code IS800-2007-LSD has been updated to ensure that the output reported the reference where the governing criteria is resulting from bending with high shear in the web, 9.2.2.

A) 34 The Ritz Vector eigen mode extraction routines have been updated to improve the orthogonalization routines on models set with CUT OFF MODE SHAPE in excess of 550 which were causing the first mode shapes to return with negative frequencies.

A) 35 The Indian steel design code IS800-2007-LSD has been updated to improve the design of tapered I sections defined in a UPT. These profiles were not using the STP parameter to determine whether they were rolled or fabricated when determining the shear area.

A) 36 The torsion design when included in the AISC 360-05/10 codes has been updated to ensure that the torsion check is performed for all relevant load cases, even if the last load case had an end torsional value (MX) less than the cut off value of 10e-3 kip-inch. Note that the torsion checks would have been performed irrespective of this issue if there were member torsions applied. This fix was included in the release 20.07.11.50, but was not documented.

A) 37 The AISC 360-05/10 design routines have been updated to support the design of wide flange sections with cover plates and ensure that the classification accounts for the additional plates.

A) 38 The design of models that have been created using a SET Z UP and using the AISC 360-05/10 codes has been updated to address a problem of the section properties being switched between major and minor axes.

A) 39 The Russian steel design codes SNiP and SP 16 have been updated to include a deflection check if a DFF parameter is assigned to the member.

A) 40 The Russian steel design codes SNiP and SP 16 have been updated to support tubular sections defined in HSS round tables (PIPE profiles).

A) 41 The Russian steel design codes SNiP and SP 16 have been updated to support tubular sections defined in HSS rectangular tables (Tube profiles).

A) 42 The Indian steel design routine IS800-1984 has been updated to clarify that wide flange sections specified with a composite concrete flange are not supported in this code.

A) 43 The Indian steel design code IS 800-2007-LSD has been updated to now support front-front channel section design and treated as a battened member. Note that if there is no separation between the channels, then this will be still designed as a battened section. Note that there is no check performed to validate the spacing of battens, it is assumed that these are provided at an adequate spacing. As thee are built up members they are designed using buckling class 'c', as idenetifed in table 10. The check for combined forces uses the same consideration as single or back to back channels. Finally note that the specified spacing between channel sections must be between 0 and 1000mm

A) 44 The Eurocode steel design output for EN 1993-1-1 TRACK 2 has been updated to include details of the compression buckling curves that have been used in the design.

A) 45 The Indian steel design code IS800-2007 has been updated to improve the design of taper I shaped members where the critical ratio is determined to be at the end of the member which was not being captured.

A) 46 The Indian steel design code IS800-2007 has been updated to improve the design of wide flange profiles which have been enhanced with cover plates welded to the top and/or bottom flange. The main enhancement is in the calculation of the overall warping constant. Note that a section defined with cover plates will be considered as a fabricated section and thus it is not affected by an assigned STP parameter.

A) 47 The Russian steel design code SP 16 has been updated to correct the calculation of Tau-xy when used in eqn 44, clause 8.2.1 which was reporting incorrectly as 0.0.

A) 48 The analysis engine has been updated to handle the option of including the Individual Modal Response (IMR) option in a response spectrum load case, but has not included an explicit start load case (STARTCASE) specification. Although it is recommended to specify a STARTLOAD case, if this is omitted, the analysis will take this to be the response spectrum case number plus 1.

A) 49 The Pushover analysis has been updated to ensure that the if values of effective length, KY and KZ are provided, they are used to determine the buckling capacity.

A) 50 The warning message reported when the masses from a different load case is being used to determine the mass matrix for a dynamic or seismic case, has been updated to ensure that the load case number of the mass case is reported.

A) 51 The method used to determine the shear area of HSS rectangular profiles has been updated for designs performed to AISC 360. The shear area used for HSS sections now follows the guidance of the AISC in the Design Examples manual section G4. This results in a smaller shear area and thus smaller shear capacity than reported previously.

A) 52 The AISC 360 steel design modules have been updated to assist designing members that have their profiles defined in a UPT GENERAL table, but have not included values for the plastic properties (PZ and PY). This caused the design to fail reporting a divide by zero error. The design will now use a generic method to calculate plastic properties. Note that profiles defined as a GENERAL profile will be treated as though a wide flange with the supplied section properties and dimensions.

A) 53 The Canadian steel design S16-09/14 has been updated to correct the design process which involved multiple design parameter blocks. The designs in the second and subsequent parameter blocks were not being assigned the correct plastic section properties.

A) 54 The torsion design of taper members to DG 9 is currently not supported for AISC 360 -05/10. If taper members were included in a list of members to be designed, this could cause the analysis to crash. A check to prevent this has been added to the design routines.

A) 55 The deflection checks when included in the AISC 360-05/10 designs have been updated to ensure that the units reported in the output are consistent with the rest of the output. This correction is purely reporting and does not affect the design.

A) 56 The design of tapered wide flange members to AISC 360 05/10 has been updated to include account for profiles which have differing top and bottom flanges and thus differing elastic moduli on either side of the neutral axis. Earlier, only the minimum moduli was being used, thus underestimating the section capacity.

A) 57 The AISC 360 10/05 design codes have been updated to change the nature of the recently added STIFF parameter which is used to determine the spacing of stiffeners on members. With the previous implementation, a stiffener was always assumed to be present at the end of the member, determined by a default of 0 (length unit). Any other specified value would be taken as the stiffener spacing, thus it was not possible to specify no stiffeners, but assigning a large value would reduce any enhancement. The new default is that if there is no STIFF parameter assigned to the member, it signifies that there are no stiffeners. If a value of 0 is assigned, then this is taken as stiffeners are assigned only at the member ends, any other value is taken as the specified spacing of stiffeners for that member.

A) 58 The Direct Analysis method has been updated to ensure that if a value of Notional Load factor is specified as equal to 0.003 or greater, then the tau-b is set to 1.0 and there are no iterations. However, this was not being reset for subsequent load cases using the Direct Analysis method.

A) 59 The IS800:2007 design code has been updated in the selection of Tee, double angle and double channel profiles which were not always obtaining the correct value of CY (the distance to the centre of gravity from the top surface of the profile. This value is used to determine the section modulus. Note this issue did not affect the CODE CHECK command, only SELECT.

A) 60 The IS800:2007 steel design code has been updated for profiles where the inertia about the local Y axis is greater than about the local Z, in which case local Y is the major axis, such as with some wide flange sections which have been cut into Tee sections. For sections where this occurs, the moments are now swapped such that MY is used as the major axis moment and MZ is used as the minor axis moment.

A) 61 The analysis engine has been updated to address an issue that could arise when processing a PRINT MAXFORCE ENVELOPE command which would cause the engine to crash when processing the section forces that had been calculated during the analysis.

A) 62 The design of Tee sections with the IS800:2007 steel design code has been corrected to ensure that the major axis bending capacity is calculated using the correct section modulus depending on the direction of the applied moment and whether the flange is in compression or tension.

A) 63 The processing of the member section results of a P-Delta analysis of a model which includes multiple load cases and tension only or compression only entities has been corrected. Note that this issue did not occur if the P_DELTA analysis is followed by a CHANGE command.

A) 64 The Russian steel design code SP16 has been updated to correctly capture the design of deep members (in excess of 1m) and subject to small forces. Design checks on these members were being by-passed.

A) 65 The Russian steel design module for SNiP has been updated to correct the situations which would cause the value of Cy to be reported as 0 and thus clause 5.25 reported as INF.

A) 66 The Russian steel design SP16 has been updated to correct an effect caused in the last release with the change of slenderness checks which meant that if any deflection checks were included (typically this would mean including the parameter DFF), the location of the critical section would not be reported correctly.

A) 67 The Russian steel design SP16 has been updated to correct a situation which would cause the analysis to terminate when the option TRACK 3 is set to report checks at multiple locations on each member.

A) 68 The Russian steel design SNiP has been updated to improve the calculation of C as used in equation 56 in clause 5.3.1

A) 69 The Russian steel design for the SNiP code has been updated to ensure that the calculation of 'alpha' is as defined in Appendix 7 which is required to determine 'phi' for the buckling calculations.

A) 70 The Russian steel design modules for SNiP and SP16 have been updated to allow the user to specify SGR/MAIN to specify the steel grade for section profiles that are not in the Russian steel tables or ENSGR/ENMAIN for section profiles that are from the Russian steel tables. Note that if these parameters are not set, then a section profile that is from a Russian table will use the values of SGR 1 and MAIN 1, a section from a non-Russian table will use the values of ENSGR 1 and ENMAIN 1.

A) 71 The AISC 360 10/05 steel design routines have been updated to correct the calculation of stress for bending about the local Z axis of Tee sections. The incorrect section modulus was being used if the flange was in tension which would result in under estimation of the capacity when calculating clause H 2-1.

A) 72 The Russian steel design code checks for deflection have been updated to better handle deflection checks and report them in the same way as done with other STAAD design codes. The previous method could fail and would report the check as infinity.

A) 73 The Russian steel design codes SNiP and SP16 have been updated to ensure that the value of m_ef is correctly calculated. Note that if the value of m_x exceed 20, then this prevents a value of eta to be calculated and thus the combined axial and bending checks cannot be performed. The other checks for axial and bending however will be performed individually as required.

A) 74 The IS800:2007 was updated in build 20.07.11.45 to correct an issue that was intorduced in the previous build 20.07.11.33 in which the critical load case number was not correct reported, however, the ratio for the critical load case was correctly reported. The issue did not affect any other aspect of the design.

A) 75 The Russian steel design code SP16:13330 has been updated to ensure that when the shear checks are reported they refer to the details from the SP code rather than the SNiP code.

A) 76 The Russian steel design codes SP16 and SNiP have been updated to ensure that if the design parameters do not explicitly define the LEG value, then it is taken as the default value of 4 (i.e. The load is uniformly distributed along the beam), as defined in the help. Previously this was taking the default as 1, the load is concentrated in the middle of the span.

A) 77 The Indian steel design code IS800:2007 checks for double angle profiles has been updated to ensure that the slenderness checks utilize the correct axes when IY>IZ.

A) 78 The Indian steel design code IS800:2007 slenderenss checks have been enhanced with the option to remove them from the design altogether by setting MAIN as -1 to remove the compression slenderness check (if the member is subject to an axial compression force) and TMAIN as -1 to remove the tension slenderness check (if the member is subject to an axial tension force).

A) 79 A new additional response spectrum definition has been added for the NRC 2005 code. Whilst the spectrum currently needs to be defined manually, the option to include accidental torsion can be provided as per the code requirements.

A) 80 The IBC 2012 response spectrum analysis has been corrected when used with a CQC modal combination method which was previously over estimating the base shear and accidental torsion at each floor level.

A) 81 The design of single channels to the Indian steel design code IS800:2007 has been updated to ensure that the correct values of the Zey and Zez are used which is determined using the compression fiber for each load case.

A) 82 The routine to determine floor loading has been updated to improve capturing situations with nodes that are almost collinear which previously would have displayed in the GUI but failed to create a load panel in the analysis.

A) 83 The eigen extraction routine used in the Advanced Analysis Plus solver has been updated to capture situations which have caused incomplete or duplicate results. These are now identified during the analysis and will result in an automatic tightening of the tolerances used and the eigen extraction rerun to obtain the full set of results.

A) 84 The warning message reported when a seismic analysis is performed without any rigid floor diaphragms, has been updated to notify the user that accidental torsion using the ACC and DEC parameters cannot be included.

A) 85 The warning message reported from an IBC or Canadian seismic specification that does not have a suitable site class definition has been updated.

A) 86 The Indian steel design module IS 800:2007 WSD has been updated to ensure that when designing wide flange sections with cover plates (which are different on the top and bottom flanges) the allowable stress is determined using the modulus of the compression flange rather than the larger value which may result in under estimating the section capacity.

A) 87 The processing of IBC 2006 data has been updated to address an issue caused by the introduction of IBC 2012 code in build 20.07.11.50 which prevented access to the IBC 2006 database and thus would report that no spectrum data was found.

A) 88 The processing of models with multi-linear supports has been improved to report situations which currently do not support the use of multi-linear supports namely Modal dynamics, Buckling analysis, Imperfection analysis, PDELTA analysis, NONLINEAR analysis, Advanced Cable analysis, Direct Analysis, Models with Tension/Compression members and/or support, Models with Inclined supports.

Top


(B) Issues addressed in the Pre-Processing Mode (17)

B) 01 The AISC steel database 14.1 has been updated to correct the minor axis and torsional inertia for the recently added Jumbo HSS square profiles. Note that the Jumbo HSS rectangular profiles were unaffected.

B) 02 The STAAD News panel has been updated to better marshal the code to improve the reliability of access to the RSS server.

B) 03 The GUI tool provided to allow a selected member to be stretched by a given condition (menu Geometry>Stretch Selected member) has been updated to ensure the node numbers of stretched members do not get inverted.

B) 04 The Parametric Models definition dialog has been updated to reflect the current range of meshing options available in STAAD.Pro

B) 05 The section profile database display dialog has been updated to display a watermark any table that currently has no content.

B) 06 The database for the IBC 2012 spectral data to determine the values from a zip code or latitude/longitude, has been rationalised to make the installation footprint substantially smaller.

B) 07 The Jindal steel section database UC section table has been updated to ensure that the profile selected in the GUI is included in the model.

B) 08 The ISM file selection options now allow synchronization with ProjectWise. ISM added ProjectWise integration was added in SS5 and included functionality to make PW integration available for supporting applications.

B) 09 The value of torsional modulus reported in the Member Query dialog for channel profiles has been updated such that if the member has had that supplied by the database or property specification, then that value will be reported, otherwise it is calculated by the program and displayed accordingly. This is the same method as used in the analysis engine.

B) 10 The dialog that displays the design parameter LST (Longitudinal stiffeners) for the Indian steel design code IS800-2007-LSD and WSD have been updated to ensure that the description of the parameter is clearly displayed.

B) 11 The routine used by Export> 2D DXF(Plan/Elevation) has been updated to ensure that the resulting diagram is displayed correctly if using either the X-Z or Y-Z planes. Previously, the export of the Z axis values were inverted as they should have been mapped to the -Y value in the DXF file.

B) 12 The menu item Geometry>Add Beam>Set New Member Attribute has been enhanced to allow templates to be used which collate collections of member attributes with a defined name. These can then be switched so that standard properties can be created quickly.

B) 13 The ISM interoperability has been updated to now allow a STAAD model to interoperate with a substructure defined in a larger ISM repository. Note also that member end supports are also now reactivated which were included in earlier versions of the STAAD.Pro ISM interop.

B) 14 The 'Add New Load' specification dialog has been updated to include a warning if the Wind Load definition is incomplete. Previously attempting to do this would cause the application to crash.

B) 15 The tool to create a GENERAL user table defining the shape with profile points has been updated in the calculation of the shear areas which were being inverted for the Y and Z axes.

B) 16 The list of parameters for the Indian steel design code IS 800:2007 has been updated to remove WELD, WMIN and WSTR as these are not part of the IS800 design process.

B) 17 A new item has been added in the Help menu, to display the ReadMe documentation.

Top


(C) Issued Addressed in the Post-Processing Mode (06)

C) 01 The details of designs of steel members to the IS 800:2007 WSD code have been slightly modified so that the clause reported is visible in the Design Results table and Steel Design sheet of a Member Query dialog.

C) 02 The member query dialog reporting the design of members to AISC 360 has been updated to ensure that the values of MNY and MNZ are displayed even if the design is performed with a TRACK 0 specification.

C) 03 The Member Query dialog report for members designed to AISC 360 has been updated to ensure that the status PASS/FAIL is reported correctly. A ratio>1.0 should report as FAIL and <=1.0 as PASS.

C) 04 The display of stresses on circular hollow sections from standard pipe profiles, defined pipes, UPT pipes and solid circles are now displayed with a circular graphic rather than the faceted symbol used previously.

C) 05 The axial forces from a Pushover analysis have been updated so that they can be seen in the Post Processing>Pushover>Beam Results page

C) 06 The post processing of AISC 360 10/05, CSA S16 09/14 and IS 800:2007 (LSD and WSD) steel design codes have been updated if they include deflection checks. Deflection checks are only reported in these designs when preceded with a LOAD LIST command with an ENVELOPE defined as a type 'serviceability'. However, the post processing table was also including the deflection checks from non-serviceability cases and could result in over estimating the maximum utilization.

Top


(D) Issues Addressed in the Steel Design Mode (01)

D) 01 The old Connection Design module in the Steel Design Mode has been withdrawn. Connection designs should either be performed by the comprehensive RAM Connection Mode or using the check provided with Connection Tags.

Top


(E) Issues Addressed in the Concrete Design Mode (01)

E) 01 The UNIT configuration file used by the Concrete design mode has been updated, preventing the error message about 'Too many unit descriptions in SProRCxxxx.INI'

Top


(F) Issues Addressed in the RAM Connection Mode (03)

F) 01 The RAM Connection Smart template for the design of a directly welded - Beam/Column flange has been updated to allow in the inclusion of a vertical angle on the beam.

F) 02 The design of base plate connections has been re-designed and now avoids a lock up of the program when the design of these connections is performed.

F) 03 The RAM Connection mode has been updated to support the latest RAM libraries and now supports AISC 360-10 (ASD and LRFD methods), Eurocode 3 EN1993-1-3/8 and GB 50017.

Top


(G) Issues Addressed in the Advanced Slab Design Mode (00)

(None)

Top


(H) Issues Addressed in the Piping Mode (00)

(None)

Top


(I) Issues Addressed in the Editor, Viewer and other modules (10)

I) 01 The New Editor has been updated to improve processing of section profiles not found in the section tables which would previously cause an 'unhandled Exception Error' to be reported.

I) 02 The Pipelink ReadMe document has been updated to include Win 8.1 and Win 8.1 (64) as supported operating systems

I) 03 The Earthquake Mode has been re-introduced with an analysis that includes a Eurocode 8 response spectrum case. Note that additionally a more accurate method of determining the centre of stiffness is employed if RIGID FLOOR DIAPPHRAMs are defined to identify the floor levels.

I) 04 The Canadian profile database used in Section Wizard has been updated to correct the location of the neutral axis for Channel and MC Channel profiles which previously had used the distance to the shear centre. Note that the published values on the Canadian channels are not exact and do not match with calculated properties. Therefore this can result in differences when the same profile is viewed in Section Builder and FreeSketch.

I) 05 A warning note has been added to the export of section properties in Section Wizard indicating that the values of TD, TB, AY, AZ, DEE and HSS are determined using rudimentary principals and should be verified preferably before completing the export process.

I) 06 The Connection Tags module has been updated to support localization with language packs

I) 07 The Connection Tag capabilities have been enhanced with the checks that are performed opened up and can be specified explicitly in the XML file that includes the capacities for given profiles.

I) 08 The RSS feed processing module has been updated to improve the handling of reporting the news items on the Start Page.

I) 09 The Connection Tag module has been enhanced with the option to include a default entry for checks to be performed on a beam where the column profile has not been explicitly defined in the XML configuration file. Connections that have used the default values are indicated with a * next to the column reference in the check report.

I) 10 The Connection Tag module has been enhanced with the inclusion of an overall check that indicates the summary of the moment and shear checks.

I) 11 The STAAD.foundation application delivered with STAAD.Pro has been updated so that it now only requires use of a STAAD.Pro license. Note that even if this is launched within STAAD.Pro, so that both STAAD.Pro and STAAD.foundation are running, this is only recorded as a net single use of a STAAD.Pro license.

Top


(J) Issues Addressed in OpenSTAAD (01)

J) 01 The older OpenSTAAD result object has been removed from the current version of STAAD.Pro. Note that the current version of STAAD.Pro supports OpenSTAAD Application Object. See the online help>OpenSTAAD documentation.

Top


(K) Issues Addressed with Documentation and Printing (05)

K) 01 The details on the Technical Support dialog in the help menu has been updated with the latest support information.

K) 02 The online help section, 'Available Design Codes in STAAD.Pro' has been updated to clarify the license requirements for the DS412 and NBE-MV102 codes.

K) 03 The menu item Help>Multimedia Help… has been removed. A new service will be reintroduced in a future release.

K) 04 The QuickStart and Troubleshooting Guide has been updated to correctly report the version as SS6

K) 05 The Indian IS800:2007 documentation has been updated to clarify the reporting of slenderness checks and if not >1, then it is not used as a governing criteria to determine the critical load case.

K) 06 The area of steel required as reported for column member 1 in the verification problem 'Concrete Design per ACI 318 Code' has been corrected as 9.164 sq.in.

Top


(L) Issues Addressed with licensing / security / installation (03)

L) 01 The installation has been updated to remove additional profile data no longer required with the current licensing.

L) 02 The verification file PLATE08.STD delivered in the installation folder '\SProV8i SS6\STAAD\Examp\Verification Models\05 Static Plate Shell Elements' has been updated to reflect the description given in the verification manual.

L) 03 The CONNECT Project settings has been updated to improve the service such that now when a CONNECTED Project Settings package is created, it is immediately uploaded to the associated CONNECT Project so that there is no need for the manager to upload the settings separately.

Top


What's New in STAAD.Pro CONNECT Edition V22 Update 3

$
0
0
Current Revision posted to RAM | STAAD Wiki by Carlos Aguera on 4/12/2022 9:42:26 AM

What's New in STAAD.ProCONNECT Edition V22 Update 3

  • (A) Analysis/Design Engine (44)
  • (B) Generic GUI Updates (17)
  • (C) Analytical Modelling Workflow (9)
  • (D) Physical Modelling Workflow (14)
  • (E) Other Modelling Workflows (1)
  • (F) Analysis Post Processing Workflow (5)
  • (G) Other Post Processing Design Workflows (5)
  • (H) Interoperability (1)
  • (I) The Editor, Viewer and Other Modules (1)
  • (J) OpenSTAAD (3)
  • (K) Documentation and Printing (12)
  • (L) Licensing / Security / Installation (4)

(A) Analysis/Design Engine (44)

A) 01 The AISC 360-16 design routine for designing tapered wide flange or tube sections has been updated to ensure that the section properties are correctly processed. Refer to the values reported when using the TRACK 2 option for a member design.

A) 02 The Japanese steel design routines to the 2002 and 2005 codes have been updated for members that are subject to axial only forces. The design will now only perform the interaction checks provided that there is applied bending in one of the axes.

A) 03 The AISC 360-16 design routine which was updated in the V22 Update 2 release to provide multiple results in the post processing workflow has been further update to ensure that the number of results that are will be made available to the routine is correctly identified. There were instances when this would not be reported correctly resulting to the application crashing when entering into the post processing workflow.

A) 04 The IS 800-2007 steel design module has been updated to ensure that when designing unsymmetrical sections, such as plated I beams, then the section modulus used in clause 8.2.1.2 should use the minimum section modulus. The capacity should be based on the minimum section modulus as yield can be compression yield or tension yield.

A) 05 The AIJ 2002 and 2005 steel design modules for tapered I sections have been updated to ensure that the value of torsional moment of inertia IX is taken as that provided in the UPT definition.

A) 06 The AIJ 2002 and 2005 steel design modules have updated the method used to account for the elastic torsional modulus Zx for GENERAL UPT profiles. Additionally the Von-Mises calculation for these profiles has also been updated.

A) 07 The AIJ 2002 and 2005 steel design modules have been updated for the design of T and Channel sections. The routines that obtain the section property data from the UPT to obtain the values of CY and CT have been revised resulting in a more accurate report of the bending stresses for these sections.

A) 08 The design of pipe sections to the Russian steel SP16.13330.2011 has been updated to ensure that the required coefficient in eqn 42 is used, not that for a solid bar which was used previously.

A) 09 The routine used to determine the static wind loading according to SP20.13330.2016 has been updated to ensure that it correctly utilises any specified exposure factors assigned to nodes on the loaded panel.

A) 10 The AISC 360-16 design module has been updated for the design of UPT T sections to ensure that it uses the value of CT if provided for the section.

A) 11 The AISC 360-05 and 360-10 steel design codes have been updated with the torsional checks to DG9. The calculation for the pure flexure shear stress was using the major axis geometric static moment when it should have been using the minor value to determine the geometric stress.

A) 12 The AISC 360-05 design code routine to account for torsion to DG9 for angle sections has been updated to address a defect which resulted in the pure torsion stress being evaluated and reported as zero. Note this issue did not exist in the later versions of the AISC 360 implementation.

A) 13 The AISC 360-05 and AISC 360-10 design routines for unequal angles has been updated to addess a defect which was using the incorrect section modulus for the major and minor axes which could lead to over estimating the member capacity.

A) 14 The Eurocode steel design EN1993-1-1 has been updated to ensure that solid plates and rods are reported as not designed. Previously, solid plates such as those from the Dutch database were incorrectly reported as designed.

A) 15 The IS456 concrete design routine has been updated to ensure that if a column is repeatedly designed, the second and subsequent designs the calculation of interaction ratio does utilise the correct value of bending moment about the Y axis. Previously any repeated design would result in the value of moment about the Y axis being incorrectly obtained.

A) 16 The ACI 318-14 concrete design routine has addressed an issue when reporting the output with TRACK 0 in that the internal member number rather than the actual member number was used.

A) 17 The output for an IS 1893 seismic load that uses a GROUND LEVEL specification (GL) to reduce the lateral force below this level as according to 6.4.5. will now include an extra note in the output to clarify the distribution of self weight loading.

A) 18 The AISC 360-16 steel design routine has been updated to ensure that when the design collection includes members that are currently not supported such as tapered members, this is confirmed in the output file.

A) 19 The Indian steel design IS 800-2007 has been updated to ensure that the analysis accommodates a collection of members being CHECKED when one or more have been made INACTIVE. Previously this would have caused the analysis to crash.

A) 20 The AISC 360-16 design routines for tapered tubes have been updated to ensure the correct section properties are utilised.

A) 21 The IBC 2006 response spectrum routine has been modified to handle situations where the values of T0 and Ts are close to interpolation points and caused inaccurate results. Additional points are now included in the calculation which addresses this issue.

A) 22 The IBC response spectrum routines have been updated to support values of time period in excess of TL. For time period greater than TL, the engine will determine the values at time T as SD1*TL/T**

A) 23 The analysis engine has been updated to support multiple design parameters from the Russian and AISC codes.

A) 24 The accuracy of tapered tubes has been increased for those that have been specified as a prismatic (i.e. non-tapered) tube. For those that may introduce inaccuracies a user note will be added to the output file.

A) 25 The Russian steel design for SP 16.13330.2011 has been updated to ensure that checks performed for clause 9.1.1 correctly obtain the coefficients for C(cx).

A) 26 The Russian steel design SP 16.13330.2011 parameter BMT for torsion checks was not previously being utilised as the bimoment 'B' in the interaction checks given in clause 8.2 and 8.4.

A) 27 The Russian steel design SP 16.13330.2011 has been updated to ensure that the value of alpha used to determine the ultimate slenderness correctly accounts for the cross section of the member.

A) 28 The Russian steel design code SP 16.13330.2011 has been updated to ensure that square hollow sections are designed as square rather than rectangular hollow which was resulting in incorrect evaluations of clause 9.2.1.10.

A) 29 The wind loading on open structures has been updated to better support the use of tapered tube sections. The calculated load on these is now taken as the average diameter where as previously the load was calculated from the diameter at the start of the member.

A) 30 The wind loading on open structures has been updated to better support the use of members prescribed with double angle sections. For unequal angles, it accounts for whether it is the long or short leg that is back to back.

A) 31 The Canadian steel design codes S16-09 and S16-14 have been updated in the deflection check routines to ensure that when the check is performed on a multi-segment member, if the members forming the segments are identified as not being colinear, then this member will be reported as not checked as only members formed from colinear segments are currently supported for a deflection check.

A) 32 The analysis processing of a response spectrum command which includes the TOR optional setting has been updated to ensure that when a second instance of the command is included in the file, it accesses required data which previously caused the analysis to crash.

A) 33 The option to assign the wind loading in the Russian codes SP 20.13330.2016 (and SNiP 85) has been removed as the engine does not support this method.

A) 34 The Russian static wind loading SP 20.13330.2016 has been updated to ensure that the value of ze as defined in clause 11.1.5 part 2 correctly accounts for the dimensions of the structure.

A) 35 The analysis processing of a wind loading definition to the Russian SP 20.13330.2016 code with classification type 1, building, has been updated to catch when applied to a structure that has no influence area. Additionally the classification types 2 and 3 have been removed as these are not currently supported.

A) 36 The AISC 360-16 steel design routine has been updated to address an issue when designing built up wide flange sections with top and bottom cover plates where the thickness of the web was not being correctly managed.

A) 37 The ASCE 10-97 routine for transmission tower member design has been updated to ensure that when angle profiles are checked, the slenderness checks are performed and the results reported in the output file including any warning if the slenderness check fails.

A) 38 The composite deck routine has been updated to address an issue with the properties of the main beam material such that if it was not a standard steel definition, it would terminate the analysis. Additionally the message that would be reported a modulus of elasticity that was outside the supported range was incorrectly defined. Both issues have now been addressed.

A) 39 Thermal loads when included in a buckling analysis were not being correctly included in the geometric stiffness matrix (Kg). This affected both the basic iterative buckling and the advanced eigen buckling analysis methods.

A) 40 The intermediate section torsional moments MX were incorrectly reported if the member was subject to a concentrated moment along its length.

A) 41 The processing of temperature loading has been updated to address an issue introduced in the last release 22.01.00.39 that resulted in the causing the analysis to crash or generate incorrect results.

A) 42 The Canadian steel design codes S16-09 and 14 have been updated to support designs of members that have large assigned member numbers which were causing the analysis to terminate.

A) 43 The AISC 360-16 design for serviceability has been updated to ensure that if a member is included in the design list without the DFF parameter assigned, i.e. no deflection limit, it does not cause the application to crash or display invalid ratios when A) 44 entering the Post Processing workflow. Note that the output file did report the correct results with a warning saying that the member was not checked for deflection.

A) 44 The check of a serviceability envelope in the AISC 360-16 design routine has been updated to address an error in the deflection check calculations if the number of members included in the CHECK CODE command exceeded 1000.

Top

(B) Generic GUI Updates (17)

B) 01 The routine that is used to manage the windows has been updated to ensure that if any window is manually closed, this is recorded and relevant controls are properly managed. Previously this could result in the application crashing.

B) 02 The application has been updated to ensure that if the data is modified in the Editor and saved, any currently produced results are discarded and a new analysis is required to ensure that the input data and results are both in alignment.

B) 03 The routine that redraws the screen layout when the application is minimised and then restored has been updated to preserve the state of the windows and their arrangement.

B) 04 The GUI has been updated to manage the process of deleting releases, which have been assigned to the model, from the Specifications dialog box. If a member had one of these releases was double clicked to display the member query dialog, this would have caused the application to crash.

B) 05 The GUI has been updated to support very large node numbers using 9 byte character arrays to allow for the terminating character which would otherwise could cause a crash when being added to the model.

B) 06 The method used by the GUI to determine the next available node number has been updated to ensure that it always reports the new number. Previously this might temporarily display a deleted number, although when refreshed the GUI was displaying the correct number.

B) 07 The GUI has been updated to catch an event when attempting to close the main structure view of the model. This should not occur and would result in the application crashing when a new layout is clicked on. Now when the main window is attempted to be closed, a warning message is displayed and the window is not closed.

B) 08 The tool to check for identifying multiple structures has been converted to a modal dialog. This will now prevent the application from crashing if the dialog is open and the application is closed.

B) 09 The management of the ‘Select Group’ dialog has been updated to ensure that if it is open at the same time as the ‘Groups’ dialog in which a defined group is deleted, then the deleted group is removed from the displayed list in the Groups dialog. This will then prevent the selection of a group that has been deleted.

B) 10 The graphical feature 'Zoom Previous' which was available in STAAD.Pro V8i has been added to the View ribbon

B) 11 STAAD.Pro CE has been updated to support the ability to open the application from a command line by adding the file name (*.STD) without having to provide a full qualified path. In other words, if no path is given, the file is taken to be from the current folder.

B) 12 The search tool has been extended to support commands that are included in the Analytical Modelling>Specification>Constants, Node, Beam and Plate drop lists. Additionally Analytical Modelling>Analysis and Design>Miscellaneous Commands and Connection Design>Connection Design>Select Joints and Select Connection drop list items.

B) 13 The View>Windows ribbon has been enhanced with a Windows drop list that displays the names of all windows that are currently open, including those that may be hidden beneath one of the other windows or dialog boxes.

B) 14 The Russian wind loading module SP 20.13330.2011 has been deprecated and no longer supported. It is strongly recommended to utilise the SP 20.13330.2016 wind loading module if Russian wind loading is required.

B) 15 The routine that creates New Views has been updated to catch invalid geometry vectors when creating views from plates has been trapped to prevent it from causing the application to crash.

B) 16 The GUI routine that checks for background processes has been updated to catch an issue that could occur if the application was left open for a period of time that could result in a crash when returning to the program.

B) 17 An update in the last commercial release provided to improve the performance of the model drawing had introduced an issue which could cause the GUI to randomly crash. This part of the code has been reformatted to prevent this possible event from occurring.

Top

(C) Analytical Modelling Workflow (9)

C) 01 The Analytical Modelling workflow has been updated to catch an issue which would occur when editing a model by selecting a group of plates properties and deleted them, then when attempting to add a new property would result in crashing the program. This issue is now captured and has been resolved.

C) 02 The handling of a delete instruction has been introduced into the Loads Values table. The intention is that the delete key should remove the selected row from the table. If the contents of a cell are selected, then there is no row selection ad this was causing the application to crash.

C) 03 The analytical workflow has been updated to ensure that if the parameter TRACK 3 is assigned to the Russian steel design SP 16.13330.2011, then this is reported as invalid as it is outside the supported range of values for this code.

C) 04 The management of deleting plate properties (thickness and material) has been slightly modified to ensure that when a property is deleted, the model view is correctly updated and subsequently adding a new property after a deletion is also better managed.

C) 05 The GUI processing of a time history definition using a spectrum has been updated to ensure that attempting to edit such a definition, does not cause the application to crash.

C) 06 The tool provided in the Utilities>Geometry Tools>Beam Tools>Duplicate Beams has been enhanced with the option to Remove All Duplicates to allow rapid editing of a model that has a large number of beams defined between the same node points.

C) 07 The new model creation routine has been updated to ensure that if the location entered includes speech marks, these are removed before processing. Previously the inclusion of speech marks in the path would cause the application to crash.

C) 08 The routine that controls the actions of the User Table Manager has been updated to catch an issue which would occur when attempting to delete a user table with sections assigned to the model resulting in the application crashing.

C) 09 The routine that is used to generate a composite deck from a selection of nodes has been updated to prevent the application from crashing if the members that are identified from the selected nodes do not have any section property assigned.

Top

(D) Physical Modelling Workflow (14)

D) 01 The grid tool in the Physical Model workflow has been updated to ensure that when the grid is reloaded to be edited, the values are correctly converted into the current display units.

D) 02 The logic used to manage load cases created in the Physical Modeller and tied to the Analytical Model data (i.e. *.STD) has been updated to ensure that the load case numbering is retained as the same in both locations.

D) 03 The Surface spreadsheet heading 'Attribute' has been made a localisable item.

D) 04 The processing of loads that are incorrectly assigned to members of surfaces with invalid connectivity or geometry are now identified and not displayed on the model. Previously an attempt to draw the load would have resulted in a warning message being displayed 'Unable to create coordinate system'

D) 05 The application of concentrated loading on surfaces has been made easier by the addition of the option to define the location of the load with a 'Select' button in the Add Surface Concentrated Load dialog.

D) 06 The surfaces defined in the Physical Modeller now support an alignment setting which is used when interoperating with the ISM repository. Note currently this does not affect the analysis model which will still use the nodes as the centroid of the surface.

D) 07 The modelling tools Translation Repeat, Cir5cular Repeat, Mirror and Rotate have all been enhanced with an option to preview the specified generation which will display as a dotted line for verification before committing to the generation.

D) 08 Other than the Load Group, Load Case and Load Combination dialogs, all the dialogs in the Physical Modelling workflow have been updated to reload any current data to assist in editing data.

D) 09 The display of the Physical Modeller workflow has been enhanced with a display in the lower left corner of the screen of the coordinate of any point that is being snapped to.

D) 10 The Physical Model workflow has been enhanced with the addition of the option to add regions on surfaces that can be used to define local properties or loading. The surface will be meshed to the boundaries of any defined region inside the surface.

D) 11 A new object type 'Reference Line' has been added which can be used to defined non structural loading entities and will also be used to define meshing points if included on or crossing a surface.

D) 12 The ISM inteop routine in the Physical Modeller workflow has been updated to address an issue when updating a repository with hollow parametric shapes that resulted in any data following these would not be correctly updated.

D) 13 The addition of regions as surface objects now provides the facility to define patch loading on surfaces.

D) 14 The generation tools in the Physical Modeller have been extended to allow the reference points used in the creation routine to be picked directly from existing node or grid intersections similar to that provided in the equivalent tools in the Analytical workflow.

Top

(E) Other Modelling Workflows (1)

E) 01 A limited version of the Advanced Concrete Design workflow using RCDC has been provided to engineers with only a basic STAAD.Pro license (the full version is available with a STAAD.Pro Advanced license). This provides a replacement for the limited capabilities that was previously provided as a Concrete Design Workflow using RC Designer. All new models or models with no RC Designer data will have access to this facility.

Top

(F) Analysis Post Processing Workflow (5)

F) 01 The logic used to display the plate results layout in the post processing workflow has been revised to prevent the Structure Diagrams dialog from being displayed as the application window is resized when not displayed as a full screen application.

F) 02 The torsional bending moment diagram (MX) on members subjected to concentrated moments along the length of the member in their local axes has been corrected.

F) 03 The reporting output for a Russian steel design to SP 16.13330.2011 has been updated to better capture a member which has a higher slenderness ratio than the ratio from checks from the applied forces.

F) 04 The Russian steel design to SP 16.13330.2011 has been updated to ensure that the clause reported in the post processing module is consistent with the clause producing the maximum effect reported in the output file

F) 05 The post processing module has been updated to support the cutline routine on a surface when the model is created from the physical workflow.

Top

(G) Other Post Processing Design Workflows (5)

G) 01 The Connection Design workflow has been updated to include the RAM Connection design templates to the Canadian S16-14 design code.

G) 02 The Steel AutoDrafter workflow has been enhanced to support any profile defined in a standard hot rolled steel database. Note that wide flange beams with top and/or bottom cover plates are supported, details of composite data are not. Tables currently not supported include US: Castellated, Solid Rod and Cable, and Steel Joist. US and Canadian Tube. Netherlands Plates/Strips, Solid Round and Solid Square. Additionally, note that sections from UPT tables are based on the section name as described in the help section P. Built-Up Sections in Steel AutoDrafter.

G) 03 The Advanced Concrete Design Workflow RCDC has been updated to ensure that it supports an evaluation entitlement.

G) 04 The routine that saves the connection data has been updated to prevent an issue which could occur if a model has connections assigned, then later deleted leaving a data file with no content. Attempting to access content from this file would result in the application terminating.

G) 05 The Steel AutoDrafter workflow has been extended to handle profiles defined parametrically including those with no overall dimensions such as GENERAL PRISMATIC, such that when these are encountered, they are displayed as a single line.

Top

(H) Interoperability (1)

H) 01 The interop services for ProjectWise have been updated to v10.0.3.271.

Top

(I) The Editor, Viewer and Other Modules (1)

I) 01 The Chinese steel database has been rebuilt with additional data. The previous table of angle profiles incorrectly included the details of root radius as the minimum radius of gyration. This would result with incorrect slenderness design checks.

Top

(J) OpenSTAAD (3)

J) 01 The OpenSTAAD function obj.NewSTAADFile has been updated to ensure that the value defined in the first parameter is taken as the FileName including path.

J) 02 A new OpenSTAAD function Output.GetPLateStressAtPoint has been added to obtain the value of stresses at any given location in a plate given the plate number, load case number, coordinate of the stress as a three dimensional array, the facing point as a three dimensional array and a place holder for the stresses as a 32 dimensional array. The return value is a boolean that confirms that the function was successful in obtaining the stresses.

J) 03 A new OpenSTAAD function Property.GetAlphaForSection has been added to obtain the relationship between geometric and principal axes of angle profiles. Provide the function the property reference and a variable to obtain the alpha value. Aa additional OpenSTAAD function has been added Proerty.GetCentroidLocationForSection to locate the position of the centroid of the angle from its heel. Provide the function the property number and two variables for obtaining the offset in Y and the offset in Z.

Top

(K) Documentation and Printing (12)

K) 01 A number of AISC 360-16 verification documents have been updated to correct minor typing errors.

K) 02 Technical Reference of STAAD Commands > TR.19 User Steel Table Specification > TR.19.8 General has been updated removing the incorrect statement that if the values of AY and AZ are zero then shear deformation is ignored. The correct way to have the analysis engine ignore the shear deformation is to use the command SET SHEAR.

K) 03 Design > D.Design Codes > D8. Indian Codes > D8.E. Indian Codes - Concrete Design per IS 456 > D8.E.3 Design Parameters has been updated with the parameter METHOD to set the eccentricity as per clause 25.4

K) 04 Ribbon Control Reference > Beam Tools tab has been updated to include details of the action of the Define Section Profile icon.

K) 05 Design > D.Design Codes > D5. European Codes > D5.D. European Codes - National Annexes to Eurocode 3 [EN 1993-1-1:2005] > D5.D.12 German National Annex to EC3 > D5.D.12.1 Clause 6.1(1) – General: Partial Safety Factors for buildings has been updated correcting a typo on the gamma M1 parameter which should be 1.10

K) 06 Design > D.Design Codes > D9. Japanese Codes > D9.C. Japanese Codes - Steel Design per 2002 AIJ > D9.C.5 Member Capacities corrected typo of the parameter MBG (was written as MGB)

K) 07 Getting Started > GS. About STAAD.Pro > GS. Limits on Models extended to include the limit of physical members supported by STAAD.Pro

K) 08 Details of supported shortcut keys have been added to Getting Started > GS. Keyboard Shortcuts

K) 09 Technical Reference of STAAD Commands > TR.35Load Combination Specification has been updated to add clarity to the behaviour of the combination command options.

K) 10 The details of the AISC ASD weld design has been added in a new topic, Design > D.Design Codes > D1. American Codes > D1.B. American Codes - Steel Design per AISC 9th Edition > D1.B.1 Working Stress Design > D1.B.1.10Weld Design

K) 11 Design > D.Design Codes > D8.Indian Codes > D8.F. Indian Codes - Concrete Design per IS13920-2016 > D8.F.1 Scope has been updated to clarify that doubly reinforced T beams are not supported.

K) 12 Additional documentation has been provided to provide more guidance on the principles of using a batch steel design in Design > D. Steel Design > D.Batch Steel Design Operations > D.Steel Design Overview

Top

(L) Licensing / Security / Installation (4)

L) 01 The installation has been updated to ensure that when it is used to update an existing STAAD.Pro CE installation, the additional MEMEBR ATTRIBUTES that were added in CE V22 Update 2 are added to a users profile INI file.

L) 02 The routine that produces a backup of the data folder "%localappdata%\Bentley\Engineering\STAAD.Pro CONNECT Edition\Default" after a new update is installed, has been updated to ensure that it does capture and backup this data. Previously this was in fact creating a backup of the AppData folder rather than LocalAppData folder.

L) 03 STAAD.Pro CE both the standard and STAAD.Pro Advanced now support use with a Bentley academic license.

L) 04 The license client used by STAAD.Pro has been updated to address an issue where cancelling the initiation of the application states that this would result in an overuse actually reports an error in the license tool report.

Top

STAAD.Pro CONNECT Edition Update 2, Build 21.00.02.43/44 ( 29 May 2018)

$
0
0
Current Revision posted to RAM | STAAD Wiki by Carlos Aguera on 4/12/2022 9:42:26 AM

What's New in STAAD.Pro CONNECT Edition Update 2, Build 21.00.02.43/44 ( 29 May 2018) Issues addressed in:-

  • (A) Analysis/Design Engine (16)
  • (B) Generic GUI Updates (0)
  • (C) Analytical Modelling Workflow (01)
  • (D) Physical Modelling Workflow (0)
  • (E) Other Modelling Workflows (0)
  • (F) Analysis Post Processing Workflow (0)
  • (G) Other Post Processing Design Workflows (03)
  • (H) Interoperability (0)
  • (I) The Editor, Viewer and Other Modules (0)
  • (J) OpenSTAAD (0)
  • (K) Documentation and Printing (01)
  • (L) Licensing / Security / Installation (0)

(A) Analysis/Design Engine (16)

A) 01 The output of members designed to the Canadian S16-14 code has been updated to ensure that if the governing condition is governed by the deflection checks, then the appropriate load case number is properly referenced. Previously, whilst the result was reported correctly, the load case was not correct.

A) 02 Additional clarity has been added to the detail output for the Canadian S16-09 and S16-14 design codes such that the value of beta as described in clause 13.8.2 is only reported if the section is of class 1 or 2, otherwise it is reported as N/A.

A) 03 The Canadian steel design code S16-14 has been updated to work correctly with load cases classified as serviceability/strength in an envelope definition. Previously all load cases included as strength would also be included in the deflection checks and could result in an overly conservative design.

A) 04 The concrete design to ACI 318-14 has addressed an issue where the reported shear links in a zone was reduced by one resulting in an inconsistent link spacing.

A) 05 The ACI 318-14 design has been revised to ensure that shear/torsion clauses will only be reported as the critical criteria when shear is the critical condition.

A) 06 The ACI 318-14 concrete design has been updated to perform the transverse design after determining the longitudinal bar arrangement which may result in a modification in the transverse bars which was not being accounted for.

A) 07 The CM value used in ACI 318-14 has been updated to use the method in Cl. 6.6.4.53. Previously, it had used the method implemented from ACI 318-11.

A) 08 The detailed output from an ACI 318-14 concrete design has been updated to ensure that the pagination does not result in truncated data when the output file is printed.

A) 09 The design routines for the NZ 3404 have been updated for members classified as seismic category 4. Previously, any such member would be checked for a minimum web thickness of 40mm when no such check is required.

A) 10 The ACI 318-14 concrete design has been updated to correct the value of Young's modulus used for steel (Es) from 290,000 ksi to 29,000 ksi which could result in underestimated reinforcement requirements. Note that the value of Es used in the design is reported in the detailed design report.

A) 11 The format of the output of the ACI 318-14 concrete design has been restructured so that there is clarity on exactly how the bars should be laid out. Refer to the help documentation for information on the provided details for each level of output defined with the TRACK parameter.

A) 12 In an ACI 318-14 concrete design, the transverse bar detail block was not reported if only nominal shear reinforcement was required. Transverse shear reinforcement requirement are now always reported.

A) 13 The statics check details included with a load case including the Russian dynamic wind loading routine to SP 20.13330.2016 has been updated to ensure that the effect of the included modes is accounted for.

A) 14 The intermediate section forces reported on members for a load case which includes the Russian dynamic wind loading to SP 20.13330.2016 has been updated to ensure that the values include both static and dynamic components.

A) 15 The analysis of a load case with the Russian dynamic wind loading SP 20.133330.2016 has been updated when performed using the standard solver which previously did not correctly process the dynamic load vector produced during this routine.

A) 16 The analysis of models with solid entities has been updated to address a defect that caused the application to crash when analysed in earlier builds of STAAD.Pro CONNECT Edition, but worked successfully in STAAD.Pro V8i.


(B) Generic GUI Updates (0)

(None)


(C) Analytical Modelling Workflow (01)

C) 01 The GUI has been updated to ensure that when creating commands and adding parameters for the ACI 318 codes, the identified version number is written to the input file and when no version is specified in the input file, that it performs to the most current version of the code, i.e. ACI 318-14.

(None)


(D) Physical Modelling Workflow (0)

(None)


(E) Other Modelling Workflows (0)

(None)


(F) Analysis Post Processing Workflow (0)

(None)


(G) Other Post Processing Design Workflows (03)

G) 01 The Eurocode Connection design routine has been updated to ensure the slip resistance check is performed.

G) 02 The routines in Connection Design workflow that highlight the members of a given type has been updated to prevent the application from crashing when the number of joints exceeds the number of members in the model.

G) 03 The Connection Design workflow has been updated to improve the design of basic connections which use angle profiles that previously reported as an error.


(H) Interoperability (0)

(None)


(I) The Editor, Viewer and Other Modules (0)

(None)


(J) OpenSTAAD (0)

(None)


(K) Documentation and Printing (01)

K) 01 The documentation for the US ACI 318 concrete design has been reformatted and updated to reflect the current implementation of this code.


(L) Licensing / Security / Installation (0)

(None)

What's New in STAAD.Pro CONNECT Edition V22 Update 9

$
0
0
Current Revision posted to RAM | STAAD Wiki by Carlos Aguera on 4/12/2022 9:42:26 AM

IDPublishing Notes
487596Post Processing Workflow - The Design Results table displayed in the Utilization layout has been updated to support filtering by range defined in the Results Setup dialog when the deign code used has been AISC 360-16. This design code being currently unique in that it is able to display the results from multiple checks/select commands.
487600Analytical Modelling Workflow - The processing of timber profiles from a timber catalog has been updated to address an issue with unit conversions when adding the Young's modulus value E (an attribute associated with timber profiles) that has been defined in the profile entry. This conversion error has been corrected.
487601Post Processing Workflow - The format of utilization ratio values that are displayed in the Design Results table has been modified to show values less than 0.001 in a scientific notation.
487625Post Processing Workflow - The tool that generates 'Results Along Line' has an option to Create Report. for a selected cutline. This generates an item which can be included in a user report. However the data that was made available to the report was for a different result type than the line was displaying at the time.
487646Physical Model Workflow - The logic associated with processing of a physical model that has an error in the associated analytical data has been updated. When the model is opened and an error in the STD data is detected, the option to correct this in the Editor will be displayed but if this option is selected, then the Physical Model view of the model will not be opened simultaneously which occurred previously and caused conflicting logic in STAAD.Pro as either the Physical model view or the Editor should be open at any given time.
487658Analysis/Design Engine - The IS800:2007 steel design routine has been updated to trap an error which would cause the design to crash if the a web stiffener parameter TSP is included and specific combinations of spacing and web thickness were encountered.
487698Physical Model Workflow - The processing of a response spectrum that has been defined to the Indian IS1893 code has been updated to ensure that if a LOG interpolation is specified, that is set in the analysis specification.
487739Physical Model Workflow - The processing of user defined profiles specified in external files has been updated. Previously editing the physical model and resaving the analytical data would introduce additional references to the external file rather than reusing the existing definitions.
487793Post Processing Workflow - The routine used to draw the graph of a cutline in the Results Along a Line layout has been updated to address a unit conversion issue which was used to display the value of a reference line on the graph by holding down the 'Ctrl' key and hovering the mouse over the graph.
487816Generic GUI Updates - The method used to reselect a selection of objects using the method in the ribbon Select>Cursors>Previous has been updated to ensure that if the previous selection of objects were solids, these will become re-selected.
487840Post Processing Workflow - The routine that is used to display a cutline graph in the Results Along Line layout has been updated to ensure that the horizontal axis terminates at the end of the last element. Previously the axis would continue to meet the vertical axis and could result in an extended representation of the last element.
487855Generic GUI Updates - An issue on processing tiny beta angles by the Member Query dialog has been addressed. Previously when attempting to display these values would result in a buffer overflow and the program would terminate.
487899OpenSTAAD - The sample macros, boxgirder.vbx and concretebeam.vbx both include images with paths that has been updated to reflect the current default install locations for these files.
487904Other Workflows - The steel connection design workflow has been updated in the processing of members that are used in a 'Chord Branches' connection such that where the branches are reporting moments, then a warning is displayed as this connection type is expecting a shear only connection so moment would not be considered.
487937Post Processing Workflow - The Design Results table in the Utilization layout has been updated to allow the data to be sorted by 'Allowable Ratio'. Previously the data could be sorted by 'Beam' (which simultaneously selects all the members in the table), 'Actual Ratio' and 'Normalised Ratio'. clicking the row header a second time inverts the table i.e. between low to high, then high to low.
487974Analysis/Design Engine - The processing of the parameters SS (soil type) and ST (structure type/category) used with the IS 1893:2016 static seismic load definition has been updated to ensure that only the valid range of values are processed and any value outside that range including a negative value, is reported as an error.
487991Other Workflows - The method used to indicate that a gusset connection has been assigned to a joint has been modified to improve its relationship to the members associated with it.
488000Post Processing Workflow - The method used by the annotation control to add details of the support reactions to the graphical view of the model has been updated to address an issue that would occur where the support definition changed between load cases.
488012Generic GUI Updates - The method that is used to display the label of a wide flange that has been marked as split in its centre to form a Tee profile from the US database has been updated to ensure the same logic is used both when the profile is created and when read from a file. That is for US sections, the name is modified to show the reduced section profile. Note that tee sections created from other county databases retain the original profile name.
488014Interoperability - The ISM options provided for non physical models in the File>ISM backstage panel have been disabled for files created with physical models. The ISM interop for these should be obtained using the iTwin Services in the Physical Model Workflow.
488037Analytical Workflow - The GUI management of the Control/Dependant commands (previously Master/Slave) has been updated to address an issue which prevented the definitions from being deleted using the 'Delete' keyboard key (although did operate with the 'Delete' button in the Specifications dialog.
488077Other Workflows - The method provided in the Steel Connection Design Workflow for selection of connections created using Connection Tags in the Analytical Model workflow, and with the same tag name as the selected connection, has been updated to ensure that all the relevant connections are selected.
488089Analysis/Design Engine - The routine used to calculate the moment magnification factor in NZS3404-1997 has been modified to improve the calculation to determine alpha-m on a member segment that is only restrained at one end. Where the moment distribution varies linearly, alpha-m is set to 0.25 if the slope of the moment curve is 0, otherwise it is set to 1.25, if it is not linear, then it is set to 2.25. The update has improved the determination of linearity of the moment curve by looking at the values of the quarter points.
488111Documentation and Printing - The processing of the list of load cases included in a user report included with the Job Information item has been updated to ensure that if the list is split due to pagination, then the continuity of the list of loads is retained. Previously one or two load cases could be excluded from the list, although the report would include their content.
488243Documentation and Printing - The routine that generates a TXT file from a defined User Report has been updated to ensure that if the report includes steel design details does not cause the routine to crash.
488267Interoperability - The routine used in the analytical workflow to update a model from an ISM repository (i.e. Update from Repository) has been updated to ensure that the release specifications are identified and used in updating the STD model. Note that this is provided for legacy purposes and the iTwin Services provided in the Physical Modeller is recommended for any new interoperability.
488284Physical Model Workflow - The text used to display the column headers for a number of spreadsheet tables have been updated to allow them to be localised making them more convenient for designers using a localised version of STAAD.Pro.
488286Generic GUI Updates - The routine that displays the values of loads in a combination that derive from a load case which has been included by virtue of a REPEAT LOAD command has been updated to account for both the factor of the load case in the combination and the factor of the repeat load command. Note that this combined factor was correctly being evaluated by the analysis, it was just an issue with the value being displayed in the GUI.
488338Printing and Documentation - The User Report routine used for including steel design details has been updated to better format the design data when a TRACK 2 option to address situations which resulted in some text being overlapped.
488435Generic GUI Updates - The logic used to validate a uniformly distributed load has been updated to address an issue where the load is intended to be the full length abut offset laterally so as to generate a constant torsion. This would require the command to be defined with the parameters of the magnitude of the load followed by the start and end positions of the load along the length. Finally the dimension of the lateral offset. In order to mark this as a load that extends from the start to the end, the positions of 0 should be entered for both start and end. However, this was seen as an error by the GUI, although solved correctly by the analysis engine. This has been addressed and no longer reported as an error.
488516Generic GUI Updates - The option to use a black background for displaying the model means that the colour pallet used for displaying the model and results should account for the dark background. The axial results FX uses a cross hatch pattern which for tensile forces would not display as it is dark, a lighter colour should be set.
532797Physical Model Workflow - The icons used as quick view orientation shortcuts in the lower right corner of the graphical view window have been slightly tweaked so that their descriptions and actions are consistent with the ribbon bar icons shown in the View>Navigate ribbon.
541644General GUI Updates - The application configuration option 'File Format> Joint Coordinates Significant Figures', has been updated to support values from 3 to 10 significant figures as was provided in earlier versions of STAAD.Pro.
545349Analysis/Design Engine - The design of taper members to AISC 360-16 has been updated to include a check to validate that if the option to check for seismic provisions is set using the SEI parameter, then an internal test will validate that seismic results exist before attempting to process them.
571508Interoperability - The routine used to import models with iTwin Services in the Physical Model workflow has been updated to ensure that loading defined in the local axes is retained as local axes loading for analysis.
576153Generic GUI Updates - When a new analytical model is created with a filename of a physical model that already exists in the named folder, after accepting that it is ok to replace the existing model data, both earlier analytical as well as physical data are now deleted. Previously only he analytical data was replaced leading to a situation which could reintroduce the data of the physical model.
582133Generic GUI Updates - The database of Brazilian steel profile sections has been updated to correct the column heading 'StaadName' for Angle sections which prevented these sections from being used in the program.
583958Documentation and Printing - The details of members that have been designed to the European steel design code EN1993-1-1 and have a utilization ratio of zero caused by being unloaded, are now reported in the Design Results table in a User Report with their profile and ratio as zero, rather than with the entry N/A which was reported previously.
588959Post Processing Workflow - The member query dialog provided for obtaining data on a physical member has been updated to use a more reliable method to determine the displacements resulting on the analytical parts that constitute the physical member.
593979Analytical Model Workflow - Add New Reference Load Items that is displayed from the Loads and Definitions dialog in the Loading layout has been updated to remove the option to create 'Surface' load items as these objects are not supported.
605173Physical Model Workflow - There have been three key updates to this workflow in that 1) Specific axial settings on members has been added to classify them as TRUSS or CABLE and with the CABLE classification, the cable tension can be specified. Note that to utilise this a suitable cable analysis should be specified. 2) The Structure Wizard scripting language has been updated to support the definition of surface descriptions. This has been added into the template 'Modular Tank RCDC' so that a meaningful description can be assigned to each created surface. Note that this description is then used as the description of the corresponding parametric model created in the STD file. 3) An option to toggle the viewing of surface regions has been added which by judicious use can make selecting surfaces easier to manage.
605618Physical Model Workflow - The routine that manages the status of connection tags has been updated to prevent a crash which would occur if an assigned connection tag is then subsequently deleted.
618710Documentation and Printing - The format of node displacements that are displayed in the User Report has been modified such that values less than 0.001 will be displayed using a scientific notation.
620885Analytical Model Workflow - The logic used in the dialog used for editing Defined section profiles from the Section Properties dialog has been updated to allow values that were previously given a value to be reset to zero. Previously, the dialog only saved values that were non zero.
627982Generic GUI Updates - The method used for displaying the 3D profile of a tapered wide flange (I section) in the GUI has been updated to improve its positioning for profiles defined with significantly different flange sizes.
646154Analysis/Design Engine - The loading method for applying pressure over the full surface of a plate has been extended to now include loading in a projected axis. In other words the more inclined a plate is to the axis the lower the intensity resulting from the apply load. This mirrors the similar projected loading method provided for members.
646321Analysis and Design Engine - The routine for selecting a suitable profile for a steel T shape cut from a wide flange section and designed to the Indian steel code IS 800:2007 has been updated to correct the calculation that was determining the location of the centre of gravity of the new section. Note that this was correctly determined when the section was checked rather than selected in the design. Additionally the details of the minor axis inertia, Iy, has been added for the profile, IM6004002040 which was previously missing in the supplied profile databases.
666048Generic GUI Updates - Testing of STAAD.Pro on a Windows 11 platform has not identified any issues relating to this operating system.
668061Generic GUI Updates - The application startup routine has been updated to address an issue which occurred on computers that have a non-standard configuration of 'My Documents' which would cause the application to crash.
674123Analysis/Design Engine - The design of members subjected to tension forces with AISC 360-16 have been improved with a new method that allows the specification of a tensile effective length using a new TSL parameter rather than using LY or LZ. However, should it be required to use these effective lengths (which are provided for compressive and bending checks), this can be performed using another new parameter SRT.
675283Other Workflows - The Steel Design Workflow has been updated to clarify that although it is possible to define a table in the Connection Database where the Connection Type is of 'Shear and Moment connections' and the Joint Type is defined as 'Empty', this is is not supported in STAAD.Pro. These templates are used for design of bolt or weld groups. This capability is only supported in the standalone version of RAM Connection. Attempting to add this type of template into a STAAD collection would cause the program to crash.
675402Printing and Documentation - The method provided in the backstage to display a report setup, i.e. File>Report>Setup, has been updated to ensure that it also possible to print the report directly from the displayed dialog.
681045Physical Model Workflow - The validations on the definitions of a 2012/2010 IBC seismic load has been updated to ensure that the values for the 'x index' in the two lateral directions has been updated to ensure that decimal values can be entered. Note that this limitation did not apply to other provided codes.
681382Analysis/ Design Engine - The AISC 360-16 design of C and MC channels from the AISC database has been updated to read the torsional value J from the database and only calculates the values from the profile if there is no value defined.
682539Physical Model Workflow - The option of creating physical models has been disabled if the chosen vertical axis system is defined to be Z UP.
686465Analysis/Design Engine - The design routine that processes the AISC 360-16 steel design results has been updated when the torsion checks are specified, to account for an issue that would occur if a member fails the primary utilization checks which are performed separately ahead of the torsion checks. In this case the failure of the basic utilization means that the torsion checks would not be performed. At the end of the design routine however, all the design results are processed and as torsion had been requested, but not produced, would result in an application crash.
690382Other Workflows - The Steel Connection Design Workflow has been updated to use the RAM Connection V13.6 version of the component which adds additional gusset and tubular connections
697878Analysis/Design Engine - The design of steel members to the AISC 360-16 design code has been updated to address an issue with regard to the slenderness when both tension and compression are checked. In such cases it was only the compression slenderness that was being reported even if the most onerous criteria was a result of the tension slenderness. Note that this criteria is provided not to ensure structural integrity, but to assure a degree of stiffness to make lateral movement unlikely.
698226Analysis/Design Engine - The design of tee sections that have a slender web to the AISC 360-16 design code has been updated to ensure that the effective width reduction factor c1, is taken to be 0.22 rather than 0.18 which as defined in table E7.1 of the code.
708038Documentation and Printing - Additional verification example files added into the help documentation which adds more coverage of the Canadian steel S16-19 and Indian wind loading to IS 875
712309Post Processing Workflow - The table provided to display the design utilisation results in the Utilization layout, has been updated such that if the design has been performed to AISC 360-16 and thus can display multiple results sets, it can now be filtered to show a limited range of members by using the Range option in the Results Setup dialog.
721425Analytical Model Workflow - The automatic load combination generator has been updated to allow the value of notional load factor to be specified as well as the directions of consideration for the application of notional load when the REPEAT LOAD method of combination is selected. Additionally a method to determine the value of notional load based on number of floors is provided, this follows the method published in the Chinese steel design code.
736187Printing and Documentation - References to the STAAD.Beava module that was deprecated in STAAD.Pro V22 U8 have been removed from the user documentation to be inline with the current scope of the application.
737629Physical Model Workflow - The Structure Wizard module has been updated such that if a template is used to generate multiple models in a file which have parametrically defined sections such as rectangles or circular solid sections, then each new model will generate new instances of the section profile. Previously the same profile reference would be reused meaning that any change in the profile would not be reflected in the structure. With each model creating its own copy of the profiles, now each model has the profiles as required.
738560Physical Model Workflow - The method used to generate the material data for surfaces from a physical model has been modified to improve the format of data created by surfaces which have the same thickness, but assigned with different materials.
739463Other Workflows - The Chinese Steel Design Workflow has been updated to better support models which have load cases that have been solved with a p-delta analysis and thus use an un-factored effective length by judicious assignment of design parameters to solutions as either first order or p-delta. Additionally a new method has been added to the analytical loading layout to automatically generate the mass model as new reference cases or as loading into the first dynamic load case.
740322Utilities - The User Tools> Eurocode Load Combination Generator macro has been updated to reflect a change in the AddRepeatLoad OpenSTAAD function that the factors should be defined in a double precision array.
740588Other Workflows - In the Steel Connection Design workflow, the RAM Connection Input dialog has a button to define the collection of load cases and combinations and thus create the design envelope. When this dialog is launched, it should display all the load cases and combinations currently in the collection as selected, but this was not populating the selection meaning that they had to be reselected each time. Now the dialog is pre-loaded with the current selection each time.
743013Physical Modelling Workflow - The routine that is used to display a beam in a physical model which has 'Axial End Offsets' assigned has been updated to address an issue which would occur if the member was defined in an internal bay between columns resulting in the start of the beam being extended to start of the first bay. The algorithm that determined the extent to which it should be offset has been updated.
745301Interoperability - The iTwin Services routine used to pull data from an ISM repository has been updated to ensure that importing an angle profile that is not mapped to a standard catalog profile is generated with the profile dimensions defined in the repository.
745541Physical Modelling Workflow - The creation of non-standard section profile of type 'Generic' are saved into a User database which should be available to be used in any new or existing model. However, the profiles were not being read and thus did not appear as a profile in the 'User Datanbase' type 'Generic'. The profiles are now read and available.
745589Analytical Model Workflow - The routine that manages processing of the section properties dialog has been updated to handle a case where a dialog that lists section profiles has been opened from the ribbon Database>Country pull down rather than the Section Property dialog directly. Previously if this dialog from the ribbon was opened and whilst still open the Properties dialog was closed, this would cause the application to crash.
746297Generic GUI Updates - The GUI parsing routine for cable analysis commands has been updated to differentiate between the requirements of the steps required in a basic cable and advanced cable analysis. Previously an error is reported with an advanced cable analysis if less than 5 steps were defined even though this is entirely valid. The limit only applies to a basic cable analysis.
746651Other Workflows - The design routine used in the Chinese Steel Design for members assigned a generic section profile (i.e. GENERAL USER TABLE or defined PRISMATIC type GENERAL) has been updated to improve the determination of profile thickness.
747133Printing and Documentation - The user reports that includes output for Canadian steel design to CSA 2001/2009/2014 have been updated to address an issue where a return character was not being process correctly resulting in overlapping text in the produced output. Additionally if a Utilization Ratio Table was included, this was getting formatted on top of the detail results. These formatting issues have been addressed.
747151Post Processing Workflow - The Member Query dialog box has been updated to ensure that when displaying the design results from a Canadian steel design (any year), in the Steel Design sheet, then the values displayed for the design forces are converted correctly as per the current unit setting.
747152Generic GUI Updates - The export method provided for creating a VRML file has been deprecated.
749899Other Workflows - The Chinese Steel Design Workflow has been updated to better account for the section profile to account for the rolling radius of the design of profiles from the Chinese database.
759781Post Processing - The Deflection sheet in the Member Query dialog box has been updated to ensure that the results displayed in the table for Global Deflections are properly hooked up to the vertical slider provided and the value returned for the position defined by the horizontal slider is correct.
760301Physical Model Workflow - The routine that is provided to allow a surface object to be sub-divided into multiple separate surface objects has been updated to ensure that it accounts for releases on the surface which previously would have caused this routine to crash the program.
761797Physical Modelling Workflow - The routine that is used to prepare the application as a model is loaded has been updated to ensure that if the configuration file has been corrupted in some way, then a new one will be created using the default settings rather than causing the application to crash.
761840Physical Model Workflow - The routine used to process material data defined in physical models created in an old versions of STAAD.Pro has been updated to ensure that if it contains a non-standard material, this is handled correctly in converting to the current format rather than causing the application to crash.
762040Analysis Model Workflow - The routine used in generating a wind load to the Chinese code for Circular Chimney Structures has been updated to better handle the shape factors which are specified to be non-linear.
763722Generic GUI Updates - The database value provided for APL Apollo RHS and SHS sections have been updated to remove a formatting style which used a comma as a thousand separator and thus large values would be truncated to simply the thousand value.
765831Interoperability - The process used for importing a model with iTwin Services into the Physical Model has been updated to catch a situation where the data in the ISM repository has a distributed load defined on a member but does not define the end distance, hence the end distance is before the start distance. Now these are imported such that an end distance of zero is taken to be the end of the member.
765941Printing and Documentation - The verification example "SNiP SP16 2017 - Channel section with UDL" has been updated to account for a change in the value of the torsional constant IX that is now read directly from the database rather than being derived from the section dimensions.
766187Physical Model Workflow - The process that is used to update the load cases in the analytical model with the load groups defined in the physical model has been updated to ensure that a consistent cross referencing is maintained. Any new or deleted load groups being aligned to the reference load cases in the analytical model.
766437Other Workflows - The method used to process the profile data from the analytical model when creating connections in the Steel Connection Workflow has been updated to ensure that the profile section data is re-processed so that if a user profile is re-defined and a connection already defined, then the connection data is updated with the new profile settings.
767010Other Workflows - The design of GENERAL USER TABLE profiles in a Chinese Steel Design check, has been updated to account for the shear strength checks which previously caused the design to crash.
769847Analysis/Design Engine - The routine that performs design of members to the Canadian steel code S16 has been updated to improve handling of user defined wide flange profiles. STAAD allows for the definition of these sections to include optional values for the width and thickness of the bottom flange. If not provided, then these are taken as the same for the top flange. However the S16 design routine would forcibly attempt to read these values and thus if not present, the design would crash. It now uses the same logic as elsewhere and if not entered, takes the lower flange to be the same as the upper flange.
769863Analysis/Design Engine - The output header provided for members designed to the Canadian steel code S16-2019 has been corrected to show the correct year. Previously, the header was shown as S16-09, although the design was performed as to the 2019 code.
770801Generic GUI Updates - The framework used with the File Open/Save/Save As dialog has been updated to use the latest .Net WPF framework.
Tags: STAAD.Pro

STAAD.Pro V8i SS4 Build 20.07.09.31 ( 11 March 2013)

$
0
0
Current Revision posted to RAM | STAAD Wiki by Carlos Aguera on 4/12/2022 9:42:26 AM

What's New in STAAD.Pro V8i SS4 Build 20.07.09.31 ( 11 March 2013)

  • (A) Issues addressed in the Analysis/Design engine (31)
  • (B) Issues addressed in the Pre-Processing Mode (10)
  • (C) Issued Addressed in the Post-Processing Mode (01)
  • (D) Issues Addressed in the Steel Design Mode (00)
  • (E) Issues Addressed in the Concrete Design Mode (00)
  • (F) Issues Addressed in the RAM Connection Mode (00)
  • (G) Issues Addressed in the Advanced Slab Design Mode (00)
  • (H) Issues Addressed in the Piping Mode (01)
  • (I) Issues Addressed in the Editor, Viewer and other modules (08)
  • (J) Issues Addressed in OpenSTAAD (00)
  • (K) Issues Addressed with Printing and Documentation (08)
  • (L) Issues Addressed with licensing / security / installation (00)

(A) Issues addressed in the Analysis/Design engine (31)

A) 01 The STAAD.Pro analysis routines that read external UPT files has been updated to check for files that have been encoded with UNICODE. These are not supported, but now if detected, will warn the user and advise that the file be saved in a ANSI format.

A) 02 The routine that adds the key file information to the output file when set in the Configurations>Input/Output File Format' dialog, has been updated to check the option has been set from the settings stored in the user virtual store.

A) 03 The AISC 360-10 design code has been updated to set the slenderness limit to the limit for tension (default 300) if the member has no axial load. Previously, this was taken as the limit for compression (default 200).

A) 04 The shear capacity of tapered wide flange sections has been improved for AISC 360-05 designs. When calculating of Cv, the depth of the section was being taken as that at the start of the member for all cross sections. This has been changed to use the depth of the section at the current location.

A) 05 The AIJ seismic routine has been updated to correct a fault introduced in the initial SS4 release where loads at intermediate levels are not getting generated.

A) 06 The format of output from an AISC 360-10 design has been updated to improve the pagination in the ANL file.

A) 07 The details of an AISC-10 design have been updated to ensure that the values of MNY and MNZ are displayed in a member query dialog.

A) 08 The AIJ 2005 steel design module has been updated to include a parameter PLB (the plastic critical slenderness ratio, p-lambda-b), which is used to calculate the equivalent bending moment based on the member end moments. If this is 0 (the default value), it will be calculated according to AIJ 2005 eqn. 5.12 or 5.14. Any other entered value will be used as the value of p-lambda-b.

A) 09 The AIJ 2005 steel design module has been updated to ensure that the calculations of the allowable bending stress are limited by the allowable tensile stress.

A) 10 The IS-1893(2002) response spectrum routine has corrected the calculation of base shear from the static method due to an earlier error in obtaining the multiplication factor corresponding to the damping ratio from table 3 of the IS code. This had led to an abnormally high overall multiplication factor.

A) 11 The Australian steel design module to AS-4100-1998 has been updated to ensure that when a CHS section is designed, the value of yield slenderness limit is taken as a Circular Hollow Section i.e. 82, not treated as a flat section which was resulting in a lower limit.

A) 12 The IS-456 concrete design module has been modified to ensure that if the MAXMAIN parameter is set to a value which requires more than a single layer of tensile reinforcement, then if a rebar pattern can be found, it will be reported. Previously the design would report that a suitable bar arrangement could not be found.

A) 13 The EN-1993-1-1 steel design module has been updated to improve the handeling of sections designed as angles when they are double symmetric and this the angle between geometric and principal axes is zero. Previously this would cause the member to have a ratio of zero.

A) 14 The output format for the torsion values in the Member End Forces results table has been updated to match the format of the moments.

A) 15 The NS-3472 Norwegian steel design has been updated to add a warning is tapered tubes are designed as these are outside the scope of this design module.

A) 16 The EN-1993-1-1 design routines have been enhanced for General Sections designed as a given section by the GST parameter. The design will now use the warping constant defined by the HSS parameter rather than calculating it from the dimensions given. If HSS is not given or zero, then the warping constant will be calculated assuming the section type given by GST and the given section dimensions.

A) 17 The EN-1993-1-1 steel design module has been enhanced when calculating the reduced moment resistance of sections in the presence of bending and shear. The value calculated now considers the effect of torsion if present and the reduction factor rho calculated from 6.2.8(4) using the plastic shear resistance as defined in section 6.2.7(9)

A) 20 The calculation of intermediate displacements for members with offsets has been enhanced by better accounting for any initial rotation at the node point which gets transposed to the effective start of the member and the section displacements reported in the output fie are from the effective start of the member rather than the node point. Note that the actual nodal displacements are unaffected by the change.

A) 21 The Eurocode steel design module EN-1993-1-1 has been enhanced to improve the efficieny of designs of wide flange sections that are subject to bending and high shear forces. When the applied shear force > 50% of the shear capacity, the yield stress is reduced as per clause 6.2.8 of the code. This reduced yield stress is now only applied to the shear area and the full fy will be applied to the rest of the section area. The moment capacity of the section will then be calculated as an effective combined section of two parts using the different yield stresses on the different areas of the section.

A) 22 The Eurocode steel design module EN-1993-1-1 has been updated to improve the design of user defined channel sections. The calculation of the c of g along the local z-z axis was not correct which resulted in an incorrect value of torsional buckling (Ncr,T) and torsional flexural buckling (Ncr,TF).

A) 23 The Eurocode steel design module EN-1993-1-1 has been updated to improve the shear buckling checks where the flange capacity exceeds the applied shear load. Previously this would cause the design to enter a never ending loop and thus cause the design to hang.

A) 24 The Mexican seismic load modules have been updated to ensure that the calculation of the base shear is correct for instances when Te>Tb. Previously, the value calculated was over estimated.

A) 25 The STAAD.Pro analysis routines that evaluate the distribution of area loading defined by group or defined with inclined areas using the ONEWAY or FLOOR definition have been improved as previously the calculation that determined the plane of the loaded area could be adversely affected by its distance from the model origin and in some instances would fail to capture all the nodes in the plane. Note however, that this would be indicated in the GUI as the display would show areas that were not captured by the load.

A) 26 The calculation of the Centre of Rigidity using PRINT DIAPHRAGM CR has been improved.

A) 27 The Indian concrete design module IS456 has been updated to catch situations where narrow beams are set to use large bar sizes equal to the actual distance of the beam width less the side cover. Previously this extreme situation would cause the design to fail.

A) 28 The AISC 360-10 and AISC 360-05 steel design modules has been enhanced with two new parameters 'CSP', spacing between connectors (default 12in) and 'SNU', type of connectors (default, snug bolted) to define for the construction of built up members as defined in section E6.

A) 29 The Indian concrete design module IS:13920 has been updated to clarify the use of the COMBINE parameter such that when it is used to create a continuous member to design, the command DESIGN BEAM should follow before another set of members are COMBINED into another continuous member and that followed by the DESIGN BEAM command. If this sequence is not followed, the design will report this as an error.

A) 30 The cable analysis routine has been updated to correct a convergence issue that resulted in out of balance results even after convergance. However, note that moments due to applied loads assume original coordinates while reactions are determmined by the deformed coordinates, thus the deformed balances will differ to a degree from the applied balances.

A) 31 The compression capacity calculation for rectangular hollow sections in the AS:4100-1998 steel design module has been updated. The yield slenderness limit (table 6.2.4) for the elements of the section considered as the flange were being calculated as elements supported on one edge. It has been updated to use the limit for elements supported along both edges

(B) Issues addressed in the Pre-Processing Mode (10)

B) 01 The GUI has been updated to address an application crash when files are opened from the Recent Files list.

B) 02 The range of standard steel databases provided by STAAD.Pro has been enhanced with an additional Brazilian steel database containing sections rolled by Geradu and V&M tubular sections.

B) 03 The default value set for damping in the GUI for the IS-1893 2002/2005 seismic load generator module has been updated to 0.05 (to represent 5%) rather than the previous value of 5 (which represented 500%)

B) 04 The description of the meanings of the CB parameter for BS5950-200 has been clarified in the GUI

B) 05 The GUI has been updated to ensure that the parameter RATIO is correctly handled for the Australian concrete design code AS-3600.

B) 06 The GUI has been updated to handle wind load defintions for open structures on models where not all the section properties have been assigned, thus displaying loading does not make sence. Note that this would not affect the analysis as all the section properties are required on all members for an analysis to be performed.

B) 07 The GUI has been slightly modified to correctly show a 3D section of channels when a SET Z UP command is used.

B) 08 The GUI has been updated to correctly display the factor used in a REPEAT LOAD.

B) 09 The GUI has been updated to address an occasional memory de-allocation issue which if encountered when re-loading a model into an open instance of STAAD.Pro such as after making changes in the Editor, would cause the program to crash. There was no impact on the data, just the GUI would need to be restarted.

B) 10 The plastic modulii of some S shape sections have been updated in the Indian steel section database.

(C) Issued Addressed in the Post-Processing Mode (01)

C) 01 The analysis has been enhanced with a new classification of informative message item, 'Notes'. These are added to the output for assistance or clarification. At the end of the analysis, the number of 'Errors' and 'Warnings' and now 'Notes' are reported as a quick summary. These Notes are bookmarked in a similar way as the error and warning messages for quick reference in the Output Viewer.

(None)

(D) Issues Addressed in the Steel Design Mode (00)

(None)

(E) Issues Addressed in the Concrete Design Mode (00)

(None)

(F) Issues Addressed in the RAM Connection Mode (00)

(None)

(G) Issues Addressed in the Advanced Slab Design Mode (00)

(None)

(H) Issues Addressed in the Piping Mode (01)

H) 01 The Piping Supports Table in the Piping Mode had been updated to allow the data to be copied onto the clipboard and can be pasted directly into a third party environment such as Notepad or MS Excel.

(I) Issues Addressed in the Editor, Viewer and other modules (08)

I) 01 The ISM integration has been enhanced with the support of cold formed C and Z purlins. During an export, if these sections are not mapped to given profiles, then they will be mapped to prismatic sections.

I) 02 The ISM integration has improved the orientation of angle sections that have been imported.

I) 03 The ISM import of generic round pipes such as those created by SACS, has been improved.

I) 04 The ISM integration has improved the handeling of models defined with Z-UP

I) 05 The ISM import has been updated to ensure that Japanese wide flange sections can be mapped during integration.

I) 06 The AASHTO LRFD loading module in the Bridge Deck mode has been updated to ensure that any Multiple Presence Factor settings for the number of transverse lanes is correctly utilised.

I) 07 The ISM module has been updated to ensure that when an ISM model is updated from STAAD.Pro, the nodal connectivity created during the initial import is recorded in the repository to maintain connectivity for future updates.

I) 08 The ISM module has been enhanced to make use of the recorded location of the ISM file when updating from or to the repository.

(J) Issues Addressed in OpenSTAAD (00)

(None)

(K) Issues Addressed with Printing (08)

K) 01 The IS-456 concrete design parameters has been updated with the currently available set of supported TRACK options.

K) 02 The Japanese steel design verification for AIJ 2005 has been revised to show consistent data.

K) 03 Details of the Advanced Mesher utility application have been added to the main STAAD help system.

K) 04 Section 5.32.3.4 Surface Loads Specification of the Technical Reference Manual has been updated to include a fuller description of the various forms of loading available for surface objects.

K) 05 The User report 'Steel Design' output item for Eurocode 3 designs has been enhanced to show more details of a TRACK 2 output. Note however, that the equivalent TRACK 2 output item ANL report may contain even more information regarding some of the additional checks that have been performed.

K) 06 Section 5.33.10.1 of the Technical Reference Manual, Response Spectrum Specification - Generic Method has been updated to remove a set of parmeters to generate individual reponse cases that are not supported by the engine (or GUI). Note that modal reponse cases can be included using the IMR parameter as outlined in the topic.

K) 07 Section 2.3.1 File menu of the User Interface manual has been updated to better outline the scope of DXF import capabilities

K) 08 The online help has been updated with the documentation for the IS1893-part 4 options

(L) Issues Addressed with licensing / security / installation (00)

(None)

What's New in STAAD.Pro CONNECT Edition V22 Update 4

$
0
0
Current Revision posted to RAM | STAAD Wiki by Carlos Aguera on 4/12/2022 9:42:26 AM

What's New in STAAD.ProCONNECT Edition V22 Update 4

  • (A) Analysis/Design Engine (53)
  • (B) Generic GUI Updates (16)
  • (C) Analytical Modelling Workflow (12)
  • (D) Physical Modelling Workflow (23)
  • (E) Other Modelling Workflows (1)
  • (F) Analysis Post Processing Workflow (5)
  • (G) Other Post Processing Design Workflows (5)
  • (H) Interoperability (1)
  • (I) The Editor, Viewer and Other Modules (11)
  • (J) OpenSTAAD (4)
  • (K) Documentation and Printing (25)
  • (L) Licensing / Security / Installation (3)

(A) Analysis/Design Engine (53)

A) 01 The processing of members defined with joist properties (i.e. used for load distribution but not for stiffness), has been updated to prevent the analysis from crashing when used in conjunction with floor loading

A) 02 All the ASME NF 3000 design codes have been updated to include an additional action to ensure that clause NF-3.3.2.2(e) 2 has been accounted for. This requires the yield stress for slender unstiffened elements (i.e. flanges) is reduced by 0.6*Qs. However, whilst this clause is already implemented, an additional function has been added to ensure that member buckling has been limited to 2/3 of the Euler Buckling Stress.

A) 03 The IS 1893(Part4):2015 code has been added to provide a static seismic and response spectrum options to the loading capabilities.

A) 04 The reporting of the optional CT parameter used to calculate the time period Ta with the Canadian seismic code NRC 2005 has been updated. Previously this was being converted based on the unit system, however the value of Ta is based on the height in feet. Note that when CT is supplied, Ta is determined using CT * hn^x where 'hn' is determined from the difference between max and min Y ordinates in the model and x is determined from the average Youngs modulus of the materials used in the structure. . If the average E is greater than 10000 KSI, CT assumes a value considering the structure as Steel Moment Resisting Frame. For E average less than 400 KSI it assumes the structure as Concrete Moment Resisting Frame. For E value in the range of 10000 KSI to 4000 KSI, it is assumed as all other structural system.

A) 05 The wind loading routine used to determine the loads on open structures has been updated to include for double channels, defined back to back or face to face.

A) 06 The output for a design of an angle profile to AISC 360-10 has been updated to report the member properties Sy and Sz correctly. Note that the design did use the properties correctly and the issue only relates to the value of these properties being printed.

A) 07 The routine that processes floor loading assigned to groups has been updated to better handle the calculated angles between the sides of the enclosed area to improve identifying enclosed regions.

A) 08 The data generated by a design on a member to AISC 360-16 has been extended to ensure that the design summary details are made available to the member query dialog for all TRACK option is specified.

A) 09 The AISC 360-16 design routine now reports the principal Design Strength data such that it is available in the GUI using the Member Query dialog under the Steel Design sheet.

A) 10 The processing of load combinations has been revised to improve the handling of nested combinations (i.e. combinations that refer to other combinations), especially when referencing a combination defined as an SRSS.

A) 11 The parsing of a FLOOR LOAD command has been updated to catch if the parameters GX/GY/GZ are defined out of order which would have previously casued the analysis to crash.

A) 12 The old AISI cold steel design module has been replaced with a new implementation of the 2016 version of the code.

A) 13 The snow loading routine has been updated to support the use of both I and IM as parameters to define the importance factor. Note that the GUI generates the parameter as I and as only IM was expected, any provided value would have been ignored.

A) 14 The processing of a column that is designed to IS 13920:2016 in checking the dimensions against the bar size in the beams has been updated to correct the dimension of the column being used for the appropriate beam.

A) 15 The FLOOR LOAD routine has been updated to handle the condition where model utilises multiple analysis commands and the model is CHANGED and members onto which the load is applied are made active/inactive.

A) 16 The design to ASCE 10-97 has been updated to make use of the supplied parameters NHL, NSF & DBL.

A) 17 The AISC 360-10 design routine has been updated to account for design groups that contain only some members which have been set to design to the AISC 341-10 seismic code and others not. Previously this would have caused the design routine to crash.

A) 18 The internal processing of the SET WARP command has been modified to ensure that when it is defined it correctly processes the assigned parameter of 0= No warping restraint and 1 = Full warping restraint. A value between 0 and 1 is taken as the proportion of warping restraint provided.

A) 19 The method for determining the application of member loads using the ONEWAY command and a TOWARDS option has been updated to ensure that the loading is applied as specified. In some cases, where the nodes occur in a clockwise sequence, the loading would not be applied correctly. This would be seen in the GUI display of the load and the values used in the analysis.

A) 20 The analysis of solid models has been improved to catch an issue regarding memory allocation that would occur on models containing only solid objects (i.e. no members of plates). The effect of the issue would be that the analysis would terminate and report there was NOT ENOUGH MEMORY OR COREM.

A) 21 The AISC 360-16 steel design report for unsymmetrical subject to flexure and axial force has been updated to ensure that the correct clause reference used in the design is output, i.e. H.2.1. Previously clause H.3.1 was being reported

A) 22 The AISC 360-16 design of tapered tubes has been updated to ensure that the slenderness check for tension is determined using the minimum radius of gyration on the member. Previously this was not set and would result in the member filing the design with an ratio = infinity.

A) 23 The AISC 360-10 design for single angles has been updated to address the minor axis moments used with the LTB calculation. The determination of the location of the part of the profile in compression due to the minor axis moment was being misinterpreted.

A) 24 The AISC 360-10 design for single angles has been updated for determining the shear area. The previous method underestimated the shear area as it was reducing the effective area by thickness of the perpendicular leg.

A) 25 The Indian concrete design to IS 13920-2016 has been updated to improve the warning messages when identifying members that exist at a common location but have not been designed and thus the adequacy of the overall joint cannot be verified.

A) 26 The Belgium National Annex to EN 1993-1-1 has been updated to NBN EN 1993-1-1 ANB : 2018

A) 27 The processing of the effective length factors SKY and SKZ used in the ACI 318-2011 and 2014 concrete design codes have been updated to operate correctly with the defined classification of sway provision using the SWY parameter.

A) 28 The PDELTA option CONVERGE has been removed from the application. The number of required iterations should be explicitly specified.

A) 29 The AIJ 2005 steel design routine has been updated to use the limit for slender sections defined in this code rather than the earlier 2002 code which would incorrectly cause some members being classified as slender.

A) 30 The AISC 360-16 design code has been modified such that the default value of the CB parameter is now taken as 1.0. If it is manually set as 0.0, then a value of Cb will be calculated based on the forces applied to the analytical member. Any other value will be taken as a prescribed value for Cb to be used in the design.

A) 31 The Indian steel design code IS 801 has been updated to address the design of members defined with a TRUSS specification. Previously the forces on these members were not being obtained correctly.

A) 32 The Eurocode steel design code EN1993-1-1 has been updated to catch wide flange members with unequal flanges that are classified as slender. These are currently outside the scope of the program and a warning note included in the output file.

A) 33 The torsion deign to DG9 used in the AISC 360/05 and AISC 360/10 codes has been updated in the method used to determine the resultant combined axial and bending stresses.

A) 34 The Japanese steel design to AIJ 2002 and 2005 has been updated to calculate the warping constant Iw for profiles defined in a UPT using the formula given in the AIJ code (other than those of type GENERAL where the value can be specified by the user and that will be used in the design).

A) 35 The design of channel sections defined in a UPT to AIJ 2002 and 2005 has addressed an issue in determining the minor axis modulus Zy.

A) 36 The design of Tee sections defined in a UPT to AIJ 2002 and 2005 has addressed an issue in determining the major axis modulus Zz.

A) 37 The analysis engine has been updated to provide a single consistent solver used by both the standard and advanced analysis runs. The solver will use the routines developed and previously used with the advanced analysis.

A) 38 The design of profiles to the AIJ 2005 code has been updated to include details of the rolling radius which has been added to the standard Japanese Sections database.

A) 39 The AIJ steel design output for the 2002 and 2005 codes has been updated when using a TRACK 2 such that it now includes details of the 'width to thickness ratio' for the flanges and web.

A) 40 The IS 800:2007 design of tapered I beams has been updated to better determine the section classification in each design load case.

A) 41 The serviceability checks reported by the AIJ 2002 or 2005 codes using the standard solver did not accurately calculate the member length and would report lengths that did not match those of the members. This was not an issue when the design was performed with results using the advanced solver.

A) 42 The Japanese steel design to AIJ 2002 and 2005 have been updated to include a von Mises and interaction check when a member is subject to bending alone. Previously, it would have required an axial force as well as bending to trigger the checks.

A) 43 The routine used in Japanese steel design AIJ 2005 and 2005 to determine the value P-lambda-b has been revised to account for when the minimum end moment is 0 which was previously resulting in the being reported as 'nan'.

A) 44 The IS 13920:2016 concrete design routine has been updated to ensure that the member supporting the end of a beam is column supporting from below and also made of the same material (e.g. not made of steel). In such cases a waring that clause 6.1.4 is not valid and thus not performed.

A) 45 The IS 456 concrete design has been updated to ensure that members with a large cross sections are designed following only the rules of IS456. Previously these members would have triggered clauses outside the scope of the code and resulted in the design to terminate.

A) 46 The design of single angles to AISC 360-16 have been updated to address an issue with the use of the CB parameter when used in the LTB calculation. This affects members in bending about their principal axes. If a user provided value less that 1.0 was entered, this value was not being used but an internal calculated value used instead. Note that the value calculated and used would be reported in the output if TRACK 2 was specified.

A) 47 The header displayed in the Analysis dialog has been updated to better reflect the license status and configuration used.

A) 48 The routine that parses the command file and in particular the JOB INFORMATION block has been updated to handle models associated with a CONNECT Project that includes a hyphen in the description. Typically this is taken as a line continuation character, but as it is not relevant within this context, it is not treated as such when processing this command.

A) 49 The Russian steel design for serviceability for SP 16.13330.2011 has been updated to check and report the maximum deflection, although this may be at a different location to that of the maximum design criteria.

A) 50 A new design module has been added to perform steel design to the Russian steel code SP 16.13330.2017.

A) 51 The Canadian steel design of Lateral Torsional Buckling to S16-14 has been updated to ensure that the calculation of Omega2 uses the maximum moment for each load case rather than the maximum for the collection of load cases in the design.

A) 52 The AIJ steel design routine that reports intermediate results that are reported has been updated to ensure that these are the values which are correctly used in the design.

A) 53 The IS 1893:2002 Response Spectrum calculations have been updated to remove a factor of 2/3 which was being applied to the design acceleration for each mode when being used to calculate the spectrum in the Y direction.

(B) Generic GUI Updates (16)

B) 01 New navigation action buttons have been added to the top right of the application to give quick access to the previous layout and when navigating backwards, an option to step forward to the next layout. A drop list of the recent layouts is also displayed to jump back a number of layouts in a single step.

B) 02 The Backup/Restore system added in the V22 Update 2 release has been enhanced with an option to select two backup models and compare the data to identify differences before choosing a model to restore.

B) 03 A new configuration option has been added that allows the range of workflows to be defined and thus simplify the application display.

B) 04 Creating a New model now includes the option to include the STAAD title which is then included as a header on each page of the output file.

B) 05 Launching the help from the backstage would crash if clicking multiple times on the Help Contents button. This multi-click action is now handled.

B) 06 A revised method has been implemented in the File>Open routine to address an issue that occurred with some users which prevented them from opening models.

B) 07 The Application Configuration of the Section Databases has been modified to operate in the same dialog as the rest of the Configuration. Previously this launched a separate dialog which could get caught behind the application and make it appear as though it had locked.

B) 08 A new feature has been added to the Open Page in the Start screen and Backstage that allows models listed in the recent file list that are not available as they have been moved or deleted, to be removed from the recent file list.

B) 09 A new Configuration option has been added to allow users who do not utilize CONNECT Projects and would prefer not to have the dialog displayed to assign the model to a project when opening a model.

B) 10 The command buttons in the View Ribbon that can be used to rotate the model about the 3 axes (in the clockwise and anti-clockwise directions), has been updated to allow a click and hold to act as a continuous rotation.

B) 11 The label for physical member id of an analytical member has been updated to include a prefix of M.

B) 12 The routine that assists users working with models hosted on a network drive has been updated to address an issue caused where the hosting server policy prevents applications pinging it to confirm its presence.

B) 13 The Save As operation has been updated to ensure that when utilised, the Auto Recovery file of the original model is removed to confirm it was closed correctly and thus not indicate that the application had crashed, which had not happened.

B) 14 The GUI has been updated to ensure that when the data is displayed in the Editor which is launched from the Post Processor (or any workflow which requires analysis results) and the model is modified which invalidates the results, then on closing the Editor and saving the changes, then the user is returned to the Analytical workflow to reinitiate the analysis to obtain new valid results.

B) 15 The procedure utilised when attempting to open a model has been updated to better handle base Windows functionality in the Windows Management Instrumentation (WMI). This update will assist in addressing issues some users experienced when attempting to utilise STAAD.Pro on a VM.

B) 16 The startup procedure of STAAD.Pro has been refactored to improve the performance by obtaining the content of the news service and CONNECT Advisor to occur in parallel rather than wait until all the content from these services has been returned.

(C) Analytical Modelling Workflow (12)

C) 01 The AISC ASD steel design parameter dialog definition of KY and KZ includes an option to calculate the effective length parameters based on the beam end conditions. This has been updated to account for the assignment of a beta angle which previously was not accounted for.

C) 02 The processing of inclined floor loading commands has been updated to improve the handling of any specified the FLOOR LOAD TOLERANCE values.

C) 03 The GUI actions in the loading dialog boxes has been updated to reintroduce a method that allowed easier addition of data in cells by using a tab to move to the next cell that was available in the earlier V8i GUI.

C) 04 The dialog box for specifying Geometric Non-Linear Analysis (GNL), has been updated to better handle editing the displacement limits and using a node pre-selected from the model.

C) 05 The routine that process the Parametric Model dialog has been updated to better handle the boundary condition type 'B-User Defined' to prevent a crash that could occur when set and the number of segments on a boundary was set to 0.

C) 06 The processing of a ONEWAY load using the TOWARDS option has been updated to process in the GUI as is done in the analysis engine.

C) 07 The methods used in processing the actions in the Specifications dialog have been updated to ensure that when assigning the action, it uses the cursor of the current command rather than the first instance found in the dialog.

C) 08 The loading dialog for specifying a Canadian NRC 2010 response spectrum has been updated to include the supported torsion parameters for Dynamic Eccentricity (DEC) and Accidental Eccentricity (ECC).

C) 09 The procedure of merging members has been updated to ensure that if any of the members are currently part of a connection design, then the connection will be deleted as they are no longer valid to the new member.

C) 10 The algorithm that is used to determine where the wind load panels occur on a selected range has been updated to improve catching situations which was causing some panels not to get identified (illustrated by blank spaces in the GUI).

C) 11 The processing of a time history definition that is using the spectrum definition has been updated to ensure that the defined parameters meet the following :- T1 must be greater than 0.0 and that T2 must be greater than T1 and that T3 must be greater than T2 and that TMAX must be greater than T3. Previously these were not validated and when run, the analysis would report an error and terminate.

C) 12 The Steel and Concrete Design dialog boxes have been updated to improve handling parameters with options that are displayed in a drop-list. Previously, when editing a parameter displayed in this method would save an index one different to the one selected in the dialog.

(D) Physical Modelling Workflow (23)

D) 01 A new method has been added to the physical modelling workflow that allows selected geometry to be moved along in the global or any defined axis system.

D) 02 Opening an STD file with an associated physical model has been improved by removing the message asking if it is wanted to open in the Physical workflow.

D) 03 The rendering of models with edge supports on surfaces has been updated to be consistent such that if the surface has not been selected, then the supports along the edge are also not displayed. This is then consistent with nodes that have been assigned supports.

D) 05 The scope of applying loads to panels has been extended such that it is now possible to assign loads to a defined panel in multiple load cases.

D) 06 The 3D rendering has been updated to assist in display of members without material and/or section property when selected or not. Previously all members without the material and/or section property would be coloured red , now only those selected are coloured.

D) 07 The routine used in the conversion of a variable pressure load to the analytical model load data on plates has been updated to ensure that where it is applied on multiple plates, the direction of the loading is maintained as per the physical model.

D) 08 The method used for retrieving the data of an IS 1893:2016 seismic definition has been updated to prevent modification of the data causing the application to terminate.

D) 09 The method by which supports are handled during a round trip from the analytical workflow has been revised to ensure that the defined supports are displayed.

D) 10 The feature to apply loading on panels previously defined as Area Load has been renamed as Panel Load to better reflect its function.

D) 11 The algorithm that is used to generate the analytical model from a physical model has been refined to improve the generation of structure and prevents the creation of nodes on surfaces that are very close to members and ultimately collapse members into singularities.

D) 12 The routine that converts the definition of diaphragms in the physical model to the analytical model has been updated to improve the resultant model. Three additional rules have been implemented. If all the nodes for a physical surface have the same diaphragm number, all the generated nodes in the surface will have the same diaphragm number. If two consecutive nodes in the physical surface boundary have the same diaphragm, only the nodes generated in the edge will have the same diaphragm number. And if a member or reference line have same diaphragm number on the start and end nodes, all generated nodes within will have same diaphragm number.

D) 13 The backstage information has been updated to ensure that it is updated with the current model data rather than the initial model loaded in a session.

D) 14 The icons and actions for interoperating with an ISM repository have been updated in the backstage to clarify the available options when a repository has and has not been identified .

D) 15 The conversion of a physical surface with node supports to the analytical model has been updated to address an issue which could occur when the node support included springs which failed to be created and reported as an error.

D) 16 The routine that converts the Reference Lines to the analytical data has been updated to handle models where the reference line is superimposed on a surface edge.

D) 17 The routine used to create floor diaphragms has been updated to ensure that each collection for a floor diaphragm is defined at the same vertical ordinate. A warning is reported during the analytical model creation if nodes in a diaphragm are defined at different heights.

D) 18 The localisation of the Physical Model GUI has been improved by providing a mechanism for handling combined Latin and non-Latin characters.

D) 19 The GUI of the Physical Model workflow has been updated to better support localised character sets.

D) 20 The procedure utilised by the Physical Model GUI to coordinate with the primary STAAD.Pro GUI has been updated to address an issue which could result in the primary application terminating.

D) 21 The material properties created in the Physical Model workflow using a Generic Concrete or Steel Material has been updated to ensure that the default values are reasonable.

D) 22 The material properties defined for eh Australian Concrete have been updated to prevent the application from terminating when processing the concrete strength fc.

D) 22 The method for defining supports on the edges of surfaces has been simplified by using the Reference Line which can be placed exactly in the locations where the surface requires support. Previously a complex method of picking the surface and then the nodes between which a surface required support was cumbersome and sometimes misinterpreted.

D) 23 The process that handles copying data to the clipboard has been updated to handle spreadsheet cells that were empty. Previously this would have caused the application to crash.

(E) Other Modelling Workflows (1)

E) 01 The Building Planner application launched by the Building Planner Workflow has been updated to remove the redundant features to connect to RCDC which have been replaced by the current workflow operation in STAAD.Pro itself.

(F) Analysis Post Processing Workflow (5)

F) 01 The context ribbons displayed when entitles are selected, such as the Node Tools and Beam Tools, have been refined to be workflow sensitive and in the Post Processing workflow display suitable post processing actions .

F) 02 The post processing of a Geometric Non-Linear analysis (GNL) has been updated to ensure that the Beam Force Table identifies the member based on its id rather than index. Additionally the option to 'Go To' a specific row has been activated on the GNL tables. and the 'Load Level v Section Force' graph has been simplified to improve the displayed information.

F) 03 The code used to determine the plate stress at a given location as used in the 'Results Along a Line' routine has been consolidated to improve consistency in the program.

F) 04 The data associated with an analysis of physical members that allows the results to be displayed in a Member Query dialog for the physical member has been reintroduced.

F) 05 The control to display a time history displacement at a specific time step has been updated to use a single slider control

(G) Other Post Processing Design Workflows (5)

G) 01 The Connection Tag module has been enhanced to improve the workflow with the Connection Design workflow. Each Connection tag can identify a Connection Template so that a full detail connection check can be performed. Note that using the Connection Design workflow requires use of a RAM Connection or Structural Enterprise license.

G) 02 The Steel AutoDrafter workflow has been updated to handle non US-English operating systems and in particular those that use a comma as the decimal separator.

G) 03 The Steel Connection Design workflow has been updated to ensure that when a member is defined using a Tee section from a US table of W, M or S shapes to represent a WT, MT or ST profile, this was not being processed correctly and resulted in the connection designs failing.

G) 04 The interop with the RCDC application has been updated to address a memory issue which for larger models with a large number of load cases could result in the application to crash.

G) 05 The Steel AutoDrafter workflow has been updated to support section profiles defined as prismatic, i.e. Solid Circle (defined with YD), Solid Rectangle (defined with YD and ZD), Tee (defined with TD, ZD, YB and ZB), Trapezoidal (defined with YD, ZD and ZB), General (displayed as a rectangular solid using the values of YD and ZD), Tapered I (displayed using the average dimensions of web and flange), Tapered Tube ( displayed using the average dimensions).

(H) Interoperability (1)

H) 01 The routines used in the Physical Model to interoperate with ISM have been refactored to simplify the processes used, although this should not affect any current interop that has been initiated with the previous version.

(I) The Editor, Viewer and Other Modules (11)

I) 01 The print settings for the Editor and Output Viewer have been updated to be more consistent with the options that each interface supports.

I) 02 The routine used when closing the Editor have been re-architected to address an issue reported by some users where they had occurrences of closing the Editor would cause the application to crash.

I) 03 The CONNECT Advisor is a module that is shared by multiple applications and indicates the parent application with the name displayed in the title bar. Thus STAAD.Pro has been added to the title bar of the instance of CONNECT Advisor used within the STAAD.Pro application.

I) 04 The Chinese steel database has been updated to correct the included properties of plastic section modulus Py and Pz and torsional modulus Ix for sections in the channel, H, I, pipe, tee and tube tables.

I) 05 The Chinese steel database has been updated to correct the names of a number of profiles that were incorrectly defined without the correct suffix of '.0'. These sections, if any of these profiles were assigned to a model in the last release of STAAD.Pro, then the section names should be updated with the correct name connection in the Editor as saving from the GUI will remove the definition entirely.

I) 06 The values of Torsional Constant 'C' of the profiles in the Chinese steel database > Pipe sections, have been updated.

I) 07 A test has been added to the import of a database such that the tables have been defined with primary keys.

I) 08 The management system used for the display of the file data in the Editor has been updated to better handle parsing when the Setting Outline Group' has been disabled. Previously with this option tuned off, parsing the file would cause the application to crash.

I) 09 The database of cold formed sections with lips have been updated and the processing of them modified such that values provided in the tables will be used rather than recalculated from the given dimensions.

I) 10 The first time running an upgraded version of STAAD.Pro CE V22 from a V21 version resulted in a default caused by the procedure copying the V21 databases which were hosted in the Program Data folder, to the User Profile folder as used with V22 implementation resulting in duplicate databases as the upgrade installation would add new databases. The procedure has been updated and will instead add any duplicate database is instead added to the User Profile backup folder.

I) 11 The processing of cold formed steel sections from the standard database has been updated to ensure that the section name can include a W character.

(J) OpenSTAAD (4)

J) 01 The function SetNodeCoordinate has been updated to ensure that the return value is returned correctly.

J) 02 The supplied macro 'Add Material' in the User Tools menu has been updated to ensure that the material is generated.

J) 03 The user tool macro to export the STAAD model to a SACS model has been updated to ensure a metric model is created with the correct units.

J) 04 The OpenSTAAD function GetModeFrequency has been updated to ensure that the function returns the mode of the supplied mode.

(K) Documentation and Printing (25)

K) 01 The Norwegian steel design code N-004 has been updated to clarify the units used in the output of the fiename_joint.txt.

K) 02 The documentation for BS5950-2000 has been updated to clarify the method used for tapered I shape members

K) 03 The IS800:-1994 documentation has been updated to clarify the method used in the design for sections defined as double I sections.

K) 04 Verification Example 03 Beams>Beam02 has been updated to clarify the model being checked.

K) 05 Deprecation of the SIZE option of the AISC LRFD code.

K) 06 The design code documentation for IS 802-Part 2) 1992 has been updated to clarify the scope of the design checks that are performed.

K) 07 The documentation clarifies the limit of custom time history pairs to 499.

K) 08 Section TR.31.2 Definitions for Static Force Procedures for Seismic Analysis has been updated to identify data which is common to all versions of seismic loading such as weight data.

K) 09 Section D8.E.3 Design Parameters for IS 456 has been updated to clarify the use of the BRACE parameter with its use on column design.

K) 10 The sample model 26 Modelling A Rigid Diaphragm Using Master-Slave, includes clarification that the defined finite element shell elements(plates) are not to provide stiffness, just to distribute the floor loading in load case 3.

K) 11 The Australian steel design to the AS 4100 code topic D2.B.8 Design Parameters has been updated to include details on two missing parameters LX and TSP.

K) 12 The OpenSTAAD Troubleshooting topic OS. ActiveX Component in Microsoft Excel has been updated to correctly identify the location of a sample file included in the installation.

K) 13 The Static Seismic Definition has been updated to account for the newer supported IS1893 codes.

K) 14 Reintroduction of the documentation of the IS 802 design code in section D8.D. Indian Codes - Steel Design per IS 802 -1995

K) 15 The documentation for the ACI 318 codes 1999/2002/2005/2008/2011 has been updated to clarify that the default value of cover of plates designed with these codes is 0.75 in/19.05 mm. These can be modified with the CLT for the top surface and CLB for the bottom surface of the plate.

K) 16 The header on a User Report has been updated to display the licensed organisation in the field label 'License To:'

K) 17 The details of the TB parameter used in the Russian steel design SP 16.13330.2011 has been updated to clarify its purpose to specify the class of profile according to clause 4.2.7.

K) 18 The details of the ENVELOPE command have been updated to clarify that a load case should only be included in one load envelope. If it is included in multiple envelopes, then when used in a design, then that case or combination will only be included in the last envelope it has been specified in.

K) 19 The documentation for the Physical Model panel object and associated loading has been updated to reflect the new terminology which previously was referred to as Are Load.

K) 20 The details of the limitations of models has been updated in the Getting Started topic 'GS. Limits on Models '.

K) 21 The topic 'D. Available Design Codes' has been updated to ensure all the hyperlinks for the various available design codes point to the relevant topic in the help.

K) 22 The details of the scope for a Eurocode 3 EN 1993-1-1 has been clarified. The range of profiles that can be designed as class 4, slender includes only equal flanged wide flange as well as those described in topic 'D5.C.4 Section Classification'

K) 23 The Japanese AIJ steel design 2002 and 2005 parameter topics have been updated to include details of the SLF parameter for designing slender sections.

K) 24 The details of how the Russian steel parameters ENSGR and ENMAIN should be used with the SP 16.13330-2011 code has been updated in the topic D13.C.4 Design Parameters in Russian Codes - Steel Design Per SP 16.13330.2011.

K) 25 The feature added in STAAD.Pro V22 Update 2 to provide post processing support for multiple design checks (RR 22.02.00-4.2 Multiple Steel Design Results) has been updated to clarify that the scope is currently only for the AISC 360-16 designs

(L) Licensing / Security / Installation (3)

L) 01 The Chinese Steel Design module, part of the STAAD.Pro solution, is now included with the main STAAD.Pro installation.

L) 02 The RCDC installation included in the STAAD.Pro installation has been updated to 9.2.0.32

L) 03 The STAAD Foundation Advanced installation included in the STAAD.Pro installation has been updated to 9.3.

What's New in STAAD.Pro V8i SS6, Build 20.07.11.82 ( 12 July 2016)

$
0
0
Current Revision posted to RAM | STAAD Wiki by Carlos Aguera on 4/12/2022 9:42:26 AM

What's New in STAAD.Pro V8i SS6, Build 20.07.11.82 ( 12 July 2016)

Issues addressed in:-

  • (A) The Analysis/Design engine (48)
  • (B) The Pre-Processing Mode (13)
  • (C) The Post-Processing Mode (02)
  • (D) The Steel Design Mode (00)
  • (E) The Concrete Design Mode (00)
  • (F) The RAM Connection Mode (31)
  • (G) The Advanced Slab Design Mode (00)
  • (H) The Piping Mode (00)
  • (I) The Editor, Viewer and other modules (01)
  • (J) OpenSTAAD (01)
  • (K) Documentation and Printing (03)
  • (L) licensing / security / installation (02)

(A) Issues addressed in the Analysis/Design engine (48)

A) 01 The AISC 360-10 design check has been updated to correct the flexural torsional buckling stress, Fcr, that is calculated for double angle profiles when Iyy<izz. this is due to a recent modification that failed to check for the occation when iyy>Izz and thus the major and minor axes were not correctly identified.

A) 02 The design routine for IS:800-2007 has been updated to include a warning in the output file if a MEMBER SELECTION command is included, but is not followed by a suitable analysis command to update the forces based on the new section profiles.

A) 03 The design routine for CSA S16-14 has been updated to include a warning in the output file if a MEMBER SELECTION command is included, but is not followed by a suitable analysis command to update the forces based on the new section profiles.

A) 04 The design routine for AISC 360 has been updated to include a warning in the output file if a MEMBER SELECTION command is included, but is not followed by a suitable analysis command to update the forces based on the new section profiles.

A) 05 Clause 8.6.1 of IS:800-2007 has been added to check that the minimum web dimension is met and a warning is displayed if d/tw less than the value specified.

A) 06 The AISC 360 design routines have been updated to ensure that profiles defined as solid rods are excluded from the code checks

A) 07 The calculation for clause 9.3.1.2(b) in IS:800-2007 has been updated for welded profiles. As this is not 100% clear in the code, the following method has been adopted, if n>=a then Mndy = minimum of ( Mdy[1-{(n-a)/(1-a)}^2] and Mndy ). Previously if the axial load was zero, this would have resulted in Mndy as 0 and reported as infinity in the output.

A) 08 The AISC 360-10 routines for designing tubular sections taken from a standard table have been updated to use the following for the shear area:- Ayy = (D-3t)*t and Azz = (B-3t)*t. Note that this was correctly defined for tubular sections taken from a user table.

A) 09 The stresses reported for solid entities (both corner and centre stresses) have been corrected from a fix for addressing stresses for response spectrum cases which has resulted in the incorrect value of Poissons ratio was being used.

A) 10 The imperfection analysis routines have been updated to include both the moment and shear effects of the camber defined on members. However, whilst the moments were being considered, the shear was not. This has been corrected.

A) 11 The Russian steel design codes SNiP and SP16 have been updated to ensure that only the following profiles can be designed, wide flange, single channel, circular and rectangular hollow sections, tee, single and double channels. Any other profile is currently not supported. A warning message is now displayed when attempting to design one of these profiles.

A) 12 The deflection check routine used in AISC 360, IS:800-2007 and CSA S16 has been updated to correct a failure resulting in the CAN parameter not being checked (i.e. for cantilever members). Additionally, in the check for AISC 360 when the critical condition is deflection, then the forces were not being extracted and being displayed as 0.0.

A) 13 The routine to determine wind loads on open structures has been updated to correct the loading calculated on members that are not parallel to the direction in which the wind is being applied.

A) 14 The AISC 360 design routines have been updated to support the design of double channels which are aligned front to front, i.e. with the flanges of the channels pointing towards each other and touching. These sections are treated as a box section.

A) 15 The AISC 360 design routine has been updated to correct a spurious message that was being reported if the model included an ENVELOPE TYPE STRENGTH, but there is no DFF parameter. The message reported that the deflection check would not be performed as the DFF parameter had not been defined, even though no deflection check was requested.

A) 16 The IBC 2012 routine to determine the S1 and SS values has been updated to ensure that the correct values are determined when extrapolating between published values.

A) 17 The DIRECT ANALYSIS routine has been updated to support multiple response spectrum cases.

A) 18 The deflection check routines in the AISC 360, IS:800-2007 and CSA S16 design codes have been updated to report the correct load case. Previously the report would indicate the case to be the last case in the list rather than the critical case, however, the value was correct.

A) 19 The default value for the proximity of duplicate nodes created with the MESH command has been reduced from 0.1 in to 0.03937 into match the default tolerance in the GUI. Additionally, if the value has been changed using the SET MESH TOLERANCE and this does not match the value in the UI, then a warning message will be displayed.

A) 20 The Russian steel design codes now correctly design HSS sections as circular or rectangular hollow sections. Previously these were being designed as wide flange sections.

A) 21 The Japanese steel design codes AIJ 2002 and 2005 have been updated to remove a modification added in STAAD.Pro V8i SS5 (20.07.11.41) to address equation 6.4

A) 22 The analysis engine has been updated to address an issue where a primary load case includes self-weight and that load case is later referenced in a second case using a REPEAT command, then the effect of the self weight on the section axial forces was not being included.

A) 23 The IS:13920 concrete column design has been updated to calculate the space between two parallel legs of rectangular hoop acting as confining reinforcement. Previously this led to the failure of providing confining reinforcement. Now, the program calculates the space between two parallel legs of rectangular hoop acting as confining reinforcement so that it does not exceed 300 mm. If it exceeds 300 mm it introduces cross ties and additional longitudinal reinforcement (if required).

A) 24 The sign of the shear force reported in the output file for designs to IS:800-2007 have been updated to be consistent with the signs reported elsewhere in the program.

A) 25 The output for the Russian SNiP steel design has been updated when displaying the details of clause 5.31, the values of BETA is now formatted so that its value is clearer. The design itself has not changed.

A) 26 The Indian steel design IS:800-2007 has been updated for clause 9.2.2. Now the bending capacity for laterally supported members with high shear (i.e. V>0.6 Vd) will be calculated according to sec.9.2.2(b). Note that if the section is semi-compact, Mdv = Ze * fy / Gamma_0, where Ze = effective elastic section modulus considering the shear buckling case according to sec.8.2.1.1(a).

A) 27 The AISC 360 steel design codes have been updated to ensure that if the parameter STP is specified with a value of 2, i.e. consider the profile as a welded section, then the larger web length is considered (i.e. without the rolling radius).

A) 28 The output for a response spectrum case has been updated to ensure that the details of the modal acceleration is reported correctly.

A) 29 The processing of the Canadian seismic code with SCL 6 (i.e. site class F), has been updated, such that if this is specified, the values of Fa and Fv are used. In fact if Fa and/or Fv are entered, then these are used rather than those determined from the value of the site class.

A) 30 The deflection check routine for the Canadian steel design code CSA S16-14 has been updated to ensure that the results are correctly converted to the metric unit system and this is enforced by including the units which are MM.

A) 31 The details of floor panels that have been loaded with a FLOOR LOAD command are now included in the output file. This makes it easier to verify that the areas being loaded by the engine match those as indicated by the graphics in the GUI.

A) 32 The analysis engine has been updated to address an issue when a primary load case contains a REPEAT LOAD that incudes reference to a load case which itself has a reference to a NOTIONAL LOAD. If the primary case also includes a reference to a NOTIONAL LOAD, processing of this would cause the analysis to crash.

A) 33 The AISC 360 steel design routines have been updated for processing the serviceability checks. If a deflection check is specified by including an envelope of type serviceability, but DFF has not been set, a warning will now be displayed in the output file to indicate the missing parameter.

A) 34 The Indian steel design routine IS:800-2007 has been updated when calculating the member strength to clause 9.3.1.1 when in tension. The value of Td is used in determining Nd when in tension. Note that when in compression, Nd = Ag*fy/Gamma_m0.

A) 35 The Indian concrete design outputs for both IS:456-2000 and IS:13920 have been updated to include a header which includes details of the name of the code used in the design and the method of design followed, e.g. Limit State.

A) 36 The analysis routines have been updated when processing ENVELOPE definitions such that if any load case is included as both a Strength AND a Serviceability envelope, then a warning message. Any load case that is included in both types will be used in the first type that it is defined with.

A) 37 The deflection check performed for the AISC 360 design codes when set to metric units has been updated to ensure the report displays the values in metric units.

A) 38 The steel design code routines for AISC 360, IS:800-2007 and CSA S16 have been updated to catch a situation where a CHECK CODE or SELECT command line includes a member reference multiple times. The second instance of the same member number would cause the program to fail and only partially report the design for the second and subsequent references.

A) 39 The steel design codes AISC 360, IS:800-2007 and CSA S16 have been updated to report errors if the design is set to use PMEMBER references instead of MEMBER. Currently these codes only support the design of analytical members, not physical members.

A) 40 The SABS:0100 concrete design routine has been corrected to address an issue where the moments being used were not being used in the correct sense and resulting in an incorrect area of reinforcement being reported.

A) 41 As per cl. 4.4.2 of IS800:2007, if the moment amplification factor (Ky, Kz calculated as per cl.9.3.2.2) is more than 1.4, a second order elastic analysis is required. This has been added to the IS:800-2007 design routine such that if this is identified then a warning is displayed advising the use of a second order analysis.

A) 42 The IBC 2006 routine has been updated to ensure that Lower Cs limit is greater than that specified in eqn 12.8-5 which previously was not being done.

A) 43 IS:800-2007 LSD and WSD codes have been updated to include a provision to check against flexural-torsional buckling according to clause 7.5.1.2. This check is included for single angle section profiles and the member is axially loaded through one of its legs which thus results in an additional moment due to the eccentricity of the leg from the centroid. Additional parameters for the codes to cover this condition are ANG, FXTY and NBL. Refer to the International Design Codes manual for more details on the default values and correct use of these parameters.

A) 44 The IS:800-2007 design routine has been corrected to address a problem that occurred for the design of a collection of members that referenced multiple user defined PIPE sections. The members that had been assigned with the second or any subsequent defined profile were being designed with the first assigned user defined profile. Note that the details of the section properties that were being used would be reported in the output file. However, this was not a problem if the user pipes were defined in a UPT.

A) 45 The Russian steel design code SP16.13330 has been updated to ensure that when checking clause 8.2.1(44) for combined bending and shear, if the ratio of this check exceeds unity, then the status is shown as a failure. Whilst the ratio would be shown correctly, if this was the only clause to exceed unity, then the overall status would still show as a pass, even though the failure ratio is shown as greater than one.

A) 46 The IS:800-2007 design routines for wide flange sections with slender flanges has been updated. Due to the restrictions in the code for the design of these sections, they will only be designed for axial forces. If there are any moment forces detected, they are now reported as a failure in the design.

A) 47 The IBC 2006 (ASCE 7-2005) seismic loading routine has been updated such that if a used value of CT is entered, then that value is reported as entered (and not modified to the current unit system). Note that this is used in calculating the approximate fundamental period Ta as per eqn 12.8-7 in clause 12.8.2.1 of ASCE 07-2005, which uses the difference between maximum and minimum values of Y ordinate in the model (in feet) to determine 'hn'.

Additionally, if either of the parameters CT or K (which equates to the terms 'Ct' and 'x' in eqn 12.8-7) are not included in the IBC definition, then their values are calculated based on a determination of the Young's Modulus of all the members in the model. The value is calculated as the sum of all the Young's Modulus for all the members in the model divided by the number of members in the model. If this value < 4,000 ksi, then the model is assumed to be 'Concrete moment-resisting frame' and the missing values of 'Ct' and/or 'x' are taken as 0.016 and 0.9 respectively. If this value is > 10,000 ksi, then the model is assumed to be a 'Steel moment-resisting frame' and the missing values of 'Ct' and/or 'x' are taken as 0.028 and 0.8 respectively. If this value is between 4,000 and 10,000 ksi, then the model is assumed to be 'All other structural systems' and the missing values of 'Ct' and 'x' are taken as 0.02 and 0.75 respectively. Note that previously, if the parameter K was not entered, the value of 'x' was simply taken as 0.75.

A) 48 The Indian steel design code has been updated to ensure that if any member is clasified as slender and also has any moment force (other than a wide flange member with a slender web), then this is reported as a FAIL. This is because the code is restricted to only support axially loaded slender members and there is no provision for determining a bending capacity except for wide flange members with slender webs. Previously only the details of the axial checks were reported and as such could be reported as a PASS.

Top


(B) Issues addressed in the Pre-Processing Mode (13)

B) 01 The display of the parameter LAT for the IS:800-2007 LSD and WSD codes has been updated to clarify that the two options are in reference to clause 8.2.2 and 8.2.1 respectively.

B) 02 The Indian Profiles (legacy) database has been updated to remove an unnecessary table called 'ConversionErrors'

B) 03 An additional check has been included in the tool Geometry>Intersect Selected Members>Highlight such that an intersection point will be included in the members connect at the end of one of the members.

B) 04 The GUI has been updated to recognise the command IGNORE ELEMENT which previously was reporting as an error. However, note that if the file is saved, then the command will be changed to IGNORE MEMBER. Note that both terms are interchangeable even for plates.

B) 05 The processing of COMBINATION commands has been updated to ensure that if the combination refers to non-existent load cases, then when the file is opened, then a warning is displayed with details of the non-existent load cases and when the file re-saved, they are removed from the combination.

B) 06 The AISC 14.1 database has been updated to be consistent with the published profiles from the AISC and the profiles previously included in the TUBE table have been removed. Note they are maintained in the AISC Legacy database and if needed, this database can be used for the US profiles by selecting this in Configurations>Sections on the Start Screen.

B) 07 The GUI has been updated to recognise a REPEAT load case which refers to load cases that do not currently exist, but will be created during the analysis in a response spectrum load case that includes the option IMR. Previously if the REPEAT case referred to such cases, then those cases would be seen as non-existent and removed when the file is resaved.

B) 08 The member query window has been updated to correctly display the reference of a double angle, either long leg LD or short leg SD or in star formation SA. This was being displayed with the LD, SD or SA parameter twice.

B) 09 The member query dialog has been updated to use the following in determining the shear areas of wide flange sections that have additional cover plates:- AY = (D+Tp1+Tp2)*Tw and AZ = 2/3 * (2*Bf*Tf + Bp1*Tp1 + Bp2*Tp2).

B) 10 The GUI save routine has been updated to ensure that when an IBC seismic definition includes a ZIP code, if there are preceding 0s, these are maintained and not stripped off which would cause a problem when the command line is processed.

B) 11 The GUI has been updated to improve processing of physical members when merging beams. Previously, if a beam was associated with a physical member, then merging that beam with another, deleted the physical member with which it was associated. Now with the current implementation, the physical member is not deleted but the beam is removed from included beam list.

B) 12 The GUI has been updated to improve the handling of the windows control of the Editor if the choice to switch from the current to legacy versions is made during the session. As the control of the Editor is handled as a parallel process, there were instances when switching from one to the other would prevent the Editor from starting without restarting the application. This has now been addressed.

B) 13 The 3D rendering routines have been updated in the GUI to handle the event of attempting to draw a poorly defined curve member. Previously this would have cause the program to crash, but now a warning message is displayed.

Top


(C) Issued Addressed in the Post-Processing Mode (02)

C) 01 The 3D Beam Stress Contour dialog in the Post Processing>Beam>Stresses page has been updated to improve the cross section which will now maintain the correct aspect ratio even when the window is resized. Also the corner stresses are displayed as default and use the format defined in the View>Options>Force Units for the Stress unit, including the number of decimal places.

C) 02 The IS:800-2007 design routine has been updated in order to ensure that the details of a serviceability check reported in the Member Query reflects the design status. Although the ratio was correct, if the ratio exceeded unity, the status would still display this as a Pass. Note that the correct status was reported in the output file.

Top


(D) Issues Addressed in the Steel Design Mode (00)

(None)

Top


(E) Issues Addressed in the Concrete Design Mode (00)

(None)

Top


(F) Issues Addressed in the RAM Connection Mode (31)

F) 01 The British baseplate design has been updated to support CHS sections.

F) 02 The RAM Connection mode has been updated so that it now supports taper members designed with a Moment End Plate (MEP).

F) 03 The display of bolts in the RAM Connection module has been updated to ensure that the radius of the bolt does not use the value of the bolt diameter.

F) 04 The RAM Connection routines have been updated such that when applying multiple connections, the error lists and data repository is cleared to ensure that new designs do not cause the application to crash.

F) 05 The export RAM Connection report routine has been updated to ensure that if the selection does not include any items, then creating a report does not cause the application to crash.

F) 06 The AISC>Bolt database has been updated to include washer thicknesses for all bolts.

F) 07 The AISC>Bolt database has been updated to include Nut Height values.

F) 08 The UK>Bolt database has been updated to remove the redundant ReadOnly column.

F) 09 The UK>Bolt database has been updated to include Nut Height values.

F) 10 The UK>Bolt database has been updated to include Washer Thicknesses for all entries. Previously some entries had a value of 'TRUE'

F) 11 The Europe>Bolt database has been updated to remove the redundant ReadOnly column.

F) 12 The Europe>Bolt database has been updated to include Nut Height for all entries. Previously some entries had a value of 'TRUE'

F) 13 The Chinese>Bolt database has been updated to remove the redundant ReadOnly column.

F) 14 The Chinese>Bolt database has been updated to include Nut Height for all entries. Previously some entries had a value of 'TRUE'

F) 15 The design of CBB gusset connections with WT brace members has been corrected to ensure that the correct area of the brace is utilised.

F) 16 The VXB connection design has been corrected and ensures that the analysis forces are included, which previously simply showed as zero.

F) 17 The export RAM Connection routine has been updated to ensure that where there are multiple connections defined at a node, both connection details are reported. Previously, the first connection would be reported a second time instead of the second connection.

F) 18 The internal method used to assign a connection to a joint has been updated to prevent assignment of failed connections. If these failed connections were included in a report, this would cause the application to crash.

F) 19 The processing of load envelopes in the RAM Connection mode has been updated to account for changes to the selected range of loads after connections have already been defined which previously caused the program to crash.

F) 20 The RAM Connection module has been updated to support members that have profiles defined with spaces in the profile name. Whilst STAAD.Pro does not support spaces in the middle of the name there were a number of standard profiles that had a space at the end of their name which caused the program to crash when used with a RAM Connection joint.

F) 21 RAM Connection module currently included with STAAD.Pro is unable to process connections created with the older version of RAM Connection which was included in STAAD.Pro V8i SS6 20.07.11.50 and earlier. In build 20.07.11.70, this would result in the program hanging and requires STAAD.Pro to be forcibly shut down. Now a warning message is displayed confirming that the connections will be removed. If the old connections are wanted, the *.rsc and *.rcc files in the model folder should be manually copied first.

F) 22 The processing of loads in the RAM Connection module has been updated to ensure that if the model changes and an existing set of connections are re-checked, then the loads are reprocessed.

F) 23 When entering the RAM Connection mode without using a full license, the warning message that is displayed now gives a clearer explanation as to the cause and action that can be taken.

F) 24 The RAM Connection input dialog has been reformatted to be more in keeping with other dialog boxes found in STAAD.Pro.

F) 25 The processing of materials included in the STAAD model when entering the RAM Connection mode has been updated to give a clearer status on their status.

F) 26 The Basic Connection templates have been updated to improve the reference of angle profiles used in the templates which previously may have used sections other than those listed in the title.

F) 27 The RAM Connection Report Export has been updated to ensure that the details of Ratio and Status are updated when the connection designs have been updated.

F) 28 The RAM Connection module has been updated to address an issue which would occur if attempting to design multiple connections and one of the connections returns the status as 'Not Designed', if this connection was opened, then this would result in the application crashing.

F) 29 The routine to select joints has been updated. It is possible to select a connection in the graphics window, then use the menu option Select>Select Connections>Select Identical Connections. This was previously causing the program to crash.

F) 30 The RAM Connection Results sheet has been updated to ensure that the Status field correctly reflects the design status. Previously, a design which had a ratio < =1.0 would display as 'No Good' and if the ratio > 1.0, then it would display 'Pass'. Now the correct logic has been applied.

F) 31 The RAM Connection baseplate design has been updated to ensure that the details of the anchors are defined in the correct units.

Top


(G) Issues Addressed in the Advanced Slab Design Mode (00)

(None)

Top


(H) Issues Addressed in the Piping Mode (00)

(None)

Top


(I) Issues Addressed in the Editor, Viewer and other modules (01)

I) 01 The STAAD.Pro ISM module (StructLink) has been updated to ensure that if there is a missing profile in the mapping, once it is set , the same mapping is used for all members with that property. Previously, if there had been multiple members with that property, the same mapping would have to be made multiple times.

Top


(J) Issues Addressed in OpenSTAAD (01)

J) 01 The OpenSTAAD example in an MS Word document has been updated to use the current OpenSTAAD Application object.

Top


(K) Issues Addressed with Documentation and Printing (03)

K) 01 The OpenSTAAD documentation for the function Property > Property.GetElementMaterialName has been updated to correct that the parameter PlateNo should be defined as a long integer and not a string.

K) 02 The section on Troubleshooting> ActiveX Component in MS Excel in the OpenSTAAD documentation has been updated to clarify issues that might occur when attempting to register the OpenSTAAD component.

K) 03 The documentation of TIME HISTORY loading has been updated in section 5.32.10.2 to confirm that a type ACCELERATION is used for GROUND MOTION and type FORCE or MOMENT is for assignment to nodes.

Top


(L) Issues Addressed with licensing / security / installation (02)

L) 01 Usage of design codes is now activated by the creating commands and processing results.

L) 02 The installation has been updated with the preview images of the models in the STAAD\EXAMP\Advanced Cable Analysis folder.

What's New in STAAD.Pro CONNECT Edition Update 3, Build 21.03.00.146 ( 26 September 2018)

$
0
0
Current Revision posted to RAM | STAAD Wiki by Carlos Aguera on 4/12/2022 9:42:27 AM

What's New in STAAD.Pro CONNECT Edition Update 3, Build 21.03.00.146 ( 26 September 2018)

Issues addressed in:-

  • (A) Analysis/Design Engine (66)
  • (B) Generic GUI Updates (23)
  • (C) Analytical Modelling Workflow (39)
  • (D) Physical Modelling Workflow (25)
  • (E) Other Modelling Workflows (01)
  • (F) Analysis Post Processing Workflow (17)
  • (G) Other Post Processing Design Workflows (13)
  • (H) Interoperability (05)
  • (I) The Editor, Viewer and Other Modules (01)
  • (J) OpenSTAAD (03)
  • (K) Documentation and Printing (12)
  • (L) Licensing / Security / Installation (11)

(A) Analysis/Design Engine (66)

Sec Documentation A) 01 The AISC ASD design of wide flanged beams specified with a tapered web has been updated to improve the calculation of the allowable shear stress when using a STIFF parameter setting the distance between the stiffeners as the full member length. Previously this could be underestimated making this a conservative member design.

A) 02 The Direct Analysis method has been improved by removing the Notional Load setting from the definition as this was purely used to indicate that there should be iterations on determining the Tau-b value on members. Thus a single optional setting has been added to the PERFORM DIRECT ANALYSIS command, TBITER, which provides that as a single setting for the model.

A) 03 The analysis of models with releases specified on both analytical members and physical members was not handled correctly if the file defined the releases on the physical members after the analytical releases as the latter would over-right the former. This is not a problem if only analytical or only physical releases were defined in the model. This issue has been addressed.

A) 04 Pushover analysis is a feature available only with a STAAD.Pro Advanced license. If an analysis run is performed requesting Pushover analysis without using STAAD.Pro Advanced, a notification message clarifying this is displayed which has been made clearer.

A) 05 The design of HSS sections to AISC 360-05/10/16 have been updated to better support high strength tubes where the design thickness does not need to be reduced by 7%, which is required for tubes not constructed from A1085 steel. New tables of HSS sections have also been added.

A) 06 The design of steel sections to the Eurocode EN1993-1-1 with National Annex from Netherlands has been updated to ensure that when using the bi-axial bending check, equation 11.3-31, the reduced moment capacity about the Y axis was being assigned an incorrectly using the Mz capacity.

A) 07 Design of concrete beams to IS 456 have been modified to account for the maximum allowable spacing for non standard values of FY. Previously the required spacing was set to 25mm for any value of FY other than 250, 415 or 500 N/mm2

A) 08 The steel design to EN 1993-1-1 has been updated to better handle when the group of members being designed includes multiple RHS profiles that have slender classifications. Previously the second and subsequent profiles may not have used the correct effective section properties as required by the code.

A) 09 The Indian concrete design routines have been updated to now include support for the IS 13920-2016 code. This includes allowing for the detailing requirements of clause 6.1.4.

A) 10 The routines for specifying both equivalent static and response spectrum to the Indian code IS 1893 have been updated to include the option for following defining loads according to the 2016 version of the code.

A) 11 The steel design routines for the AIJ 2002 and 2005 codes have been re-architected to allow the designs to support the use of ENVELOPES, including strength, serviceability and temporary. This has resulted in a new and more comprehensive output reports.

A) 12 The routine to design circular hollow sections to the European steel code EN1993-1-1 have been updated to ensure that standard profiles defined as CHS can be SELECTED in the same way as profiles defined as PIPE.

A) 13 The output of designs to AIJ 2002 and 2005 include a unit reference of MM which should have read as CM. However with the re-architecture of these codes as listed in A) 11 above, the output has been completely re-formated to address this issue.

A) 14 The IS800:2007 steel design routine for checking wide flange profiles that had both top and bottom cover plates of differing dimensions has been corrected to ensure that the properties were calculated using the dimensions of the flanges as appropriate. Previously, the dimension of the top flange would be used for both top and bottom flanges.

A) 15 The Eurocode steel design routine, EN 1993-1-1, has been updated to ensure that if an angle profile is specified in a star arrangement (i.e. SA), then it is excluded from the design routines at this time as it is currently not a supported arrangement.

A) 16 The routines for specifying both equivalent static and response spectrum to the US IBC -ASCE 07)have been updated to include the option for following defining loads according to the 2015 version of the IBC code.

A) 17 The AISC 360-10 design routine has been updated to improve the determination of web slenderness of wide flange sections. It was using the overall depth of the section where as it should be using the less onerous depth between fillets.

A) 18 The cold formed steel design code AISI has been updated to address an issue introduced in the initial STAAD.Pro CONENCT Edition intended to extend the range of sections supported by the code. Laterally unsupported members should have the effective section properties determined by clause 6.4.3.1, but instead, the effective properties used the provided yield strength Fy.

A) 19 AISC 360-16 steel design has been updated to support torsion design of wide flange sections with cover plates to Design Guide 9.

A) 20 The AISC 360-10 design for wide flange beams with cover plates has been extended to include clause F4-2 (i) and (ii) Pg. 16.1-51. This check was previously missing.

A) 21 The ACI 318-14 concrete design routines have been updated to now support generating the output in metric units.

A) 22 Indian steel design routine IS801 has been withdrawn form this version of STAAD.Pro.

A) 23 The AISC 360-16 design routine has been updated to support the metric units KG, DMS, KMS, MTON, as previously these would have generated non-sensible output.

A) 24 The output of a design to AISC 360-16 using MEMBER SELECT, although correctly reported in the output file, was not being reported in the GUI or member query. These now report the final design from the SELECT operation.

A) 25 The output of a design to NZ 3404-1997 using MEMBER SELECT, although correctly reported in the output file, was not being reported in the GUI or member query. These now report the final design from the SELECT operation.

A) 26 The AISC 360 design routines have been updated to ensure that designs of wide flange sections defined with tapered webs do not impact the design of subsequent non-tapered sections.

A) 27 The Buckling Analysis in Advanced Analysis solution has been updated to handle the situation where a member is specified with restraints at both ends that prevent overall buckling irrespective of loading. Note that if there is concern of potential bucking between restraint points, then there should be one or more node points to allow for the anticipated buckling mode.

A) 28 The AISC 360-16 output report has been updated to ensure the slenderness limit is appropriate to the sign of the axial load of the governing case. This did not affect the design itself, just the output reported.

A) 29 The AISC 360-10 design output has been updated to ensure that the value of the effective length factor KZ and KY is the value used in the design. Previously, when the value of slenderness was not directly calculated as KL/R, but instead determined from clauses such as E5 for angles, an equivalent value of K was reported.

A) 30 The analysis engine has been modified to reduce license calls to improve the performance of the analysis start process.

A) 31 The Canadian steel designs to S16 2009 and 2014 have been updated to better handle models that have been specified with the SET Z UP option. To ensure that the correct member bending capacities are used.

A) 32 The AISC 360-16 steel design routines implemented for use with MEMBER SELECT have been updated to support members that fail due to slenderness do not end up as the final profile.

A) 33 The GUI has been updated to ensure that if a temperature load defined with a STRAINRATE is saved, the parameter is not changed to a STRAIN option.

A) 34 The analysis engine has been updated to support long material names which was previously limited to 36 characters.

A) 35 The Steady State analysis routine available in STAAD.Pro Advanced has been updated to address an issue with the AMPLITUDE method in the harmonic force loading using the parameters A, B and C (rather than rather than defining the frequency amplitude pairs). This method internally creates frequency-amplitude pairs, but did not provide sufficient space to use them correctly and could result in the application crashing.

A) 36 "The design of pipe and tube sections to AISC 360-05/10 have been updated to account for a required lower thickness value to be used for design of pipes/tubes. This reduction was included in the defined properties of US HSS sections, however, not so in tubular sections from other sources. Hence the following profiles are now being considered for the design thickness reduction as per sec.B4.2 with the parameter WTYP 0:- Pipe or tubes from any country database or UPT. Double channel face-to-face welded or pretension bolts (SNU 0) and zero spacing.

A) 37 The Direct Analysis routines have been enhanced to add additional information into the output file if during the analysis any of the the P-Delta iterations start to to diverge. This warns that the applied loading is exceeding the buckling load and whilst results may be obtained, this divergence may indicate that the results may be inaccurate.

A) 38 The processing of the option SET WARP provided to allow wide flange section members end warping restraints to be considered in the calculation of torsional stiffness rigidity, has been updated to address an issue which occurs where models are disjointed (i.e. two or more separate structures defined in the same model), the torsional rigidity would not be correctly calculated.

A) 39 The Mexican LRFD steel design module has been updated for the design of angle profiles to ensure that the method of MEMBER SELECT correctly addresses the section slenderness requirements which was causing the design to fail to select a suitable profile.

A) 40 The Indian cold formed steel design module has been withdrawn from this version of STAAD.Pro.

A) 41 The AISC 360-16 steel design routine for designing wide flange sections with cover plates has been updated to ensure that members with cover plates on just one side would not check the opposite flange as also having a cover plate, but of a tiny dimension. Previously this would have resulted in the flange without a cover plate being classed as slender.

A) 42 Currently the ACI 318-14 does not support design of plate elements. However, the previous releases would perform a design, but following the requirements of ACI 318-11. Now a warning is reported clarifying that this design option is currently not supported.

A) 43 The analysis engine has been modified to handle large models with dynamic analysis that generate large numbers of modes which previously exceeded the capacity of STAAD.Pro and resulted in a failure of the analysis.

A) 44 The IS800:2007 steel design modules for both LSD and WSD have been updated to allow the specification of LOAD ENVELOPE command to include envelopes of both Strength and Serviceability types.

A) 45 The IS456 Indian concrete design module has been updated to include two new parameters to define the cover to the main reinforcement, CLT for the clear cover to the stirrup over the top reinforcement and CLB for the clear cover to the stirrup below the bottom reinforcement. Additionally the default value of CLEAR has been modified to 30mm for beams, but remains as 40mm for columns.

A) 46 When designing steel wide flange shaped members to any code with any cover plates, the centre of gravity was not being calculated correctly (inaccurate by up to 2.5%)

A) 47 The analysis engine has been updated to handle models which have the Russian dynamic wind loading and a load case with a response spectrum load which previously would cause the analysis to fail.

A) 48 The IS456 Indian concrete design module has been updated to improve the determination of the section neutral axis for a given bar arrangement using a Newton Raphson algorithim which in some situations was previously failing to converge and failing the member design.

A) 49 A model which contains standard rolled hollow sections followed by UPT hollow sections, would fail to calculate the torsional constant 'C' for the UPT hollow sections. This situation has been addressed and the value of 'C' is calculated for all hollow sections.

A) 50 The AIJ steel design modules have been updated to include a test on the limit of b/t as specified in chapter 8.

A) 51 The AIJ steel design modules have been updated to determine the shear area of Tee sections to be, z-z axis = (2/3)* Bf * Tf, and y-y axis S.A =(2/3)* D * Tw.

A) 52 The AIJ steel design modules have been updated such that the shear area of circular hollow sections is now taken to be 0.5 * gross section area.

A) 53 The AIJ steel design modules have been updated such that wide flange sections with unequal flanges, will use a value of warping constant, 'Cw', as calculated from the formula published in Roark's Formulas for Stress and Strains, 6th edition, table 21, section 7.

A) 54 The AIJ steel design modules have been updated such that the parameter MAIN, which determines the compression slenderness check requirements, has been modified so that the value provided will determine the compression slenderness limit (similar to the TMAIN parameter). The default value of 200 will be used if not specified.

A) 55 The AIJ steel design module has been updated to report that wide flange sections that have additional cover plates are not currently supported.

A) 56 The AIJ steel design modules have been updated for design of double angle sections back-back where the major axis is parallel to the back to back legs (i.e. Y axis), then the allowable stress is determined to be 'ft', then allowable tensile stress. Where the major axis is perpendicular to the back-back legs (Z axis), then the allowable stress is determined from equations 5.7 and 5.8.

A) 57 The AIJ 2002 steel design module has been updated ensure that when calculating the allowable bending stresses for Tee sections or double angles, the direction of bending is checked such that if the flange is in compression a larger allowable bending stress is calculated, but if the web is in compression, a lower limit is calculated.

A) 58 The AIJ steel design modules have been modified such that the default check for VON MISES is now included unless turned off with the MISES parameter.

A) 59 The AIJ steel design module has been updated to ensure that when determining the bending stresses of unsymmetrical sections such as tee and and channel members, the appropriate section modulus is used for the direction of bending.

A) 60 The processing of a file that contains two analysis instructions separated with a CHANGE command but no change to the model or new load data has been updated and ensures that the results are retained. Note however, that if a load case includes an eigen solution, no recalculation of the eigen solution will be performed.

A) 61 The analysis has been updated to handle a situation that may arise in very large finite element models where the required memory for reporting the element stresses exceeds the available and should terminate the analysis. Previously, the analysis would continue and result in the analysis crashing.

A) 62 The output for concrete design to ACI 318-14 has been updated to better confirm the units being used. Units are defined by the first two characters, thus specifying the force unit 'KI' defines KIPS, even if the entered text for the force unit is 'KILONEWTON' or 'KILOGRAM'. However, the full entered text would be displayed in the output. Now the unit used by the program will be displayed.

A) 63 The analysis routine has been updated to ensure that using the KG option with a P-Delta analysis would not result in the analysis to crash due to attempting to access a temporary file created during the analysis process.

A) 64 The AISC 360-16 steel design routine for designing wide flange sections subject to 'minor axis bending only' has been updated to prevent the web (and thus the whole section) as slender. The code itself does not define this, but it is in keeping with the spirit of the section classification.

A) 65 The response spectrum processing routine has been updated for all methods (other than SNiP 2012 and SP14.13330) to ensure that it better handles modes that occur at exactly, or are extremely close to, the values of T0 or Ts, i.e. the limits of the flat section of the response spectrum curve.

A) 66 The analysis of models with solid entities that include a time history load and user defined Poisson ratio has been addressed to prevent this combination of characteristics causing the analysis to crash.

Top


(B) Generic GUI Updates (23)

B) 01 The GUI has been updated to ensure that if any colour settings are changed, then those will be re-used in the subsequent sessions.

B) 02 The routines that link the help buttons in the GUI to the corresponding topic in the help documentation has been updated to provide a more comprehensive service.

B) 03 The Search tool provided in the upper right corner of the application has been updated to provide better responses and links to items in the ribbon bar and backstage.

B) 04 The method used to assign a model to CONNECT project has been updated to provide an indication that a model is not to be associated with a CONNECT project and not display the association dialog in future.

B) 05 A thin outline has been added to the various modules of the program to provide a clearer view of each when multiple modules are open and overlap.

B) 06 The CONNECT Advisor that provides a unified interface to interact with appropriate content to help with daily STAAD.Pro tasks has been re-configured to provide easier access.

B) 07 The actions of the Zoom Window icon and Dynamic Zoom icon in the View Ribbon have been swapped to be consistent with the actions from STAAD.Pro V8i.

B) 08 Clicking the mouse roller wheel and dragging is a quick action to allow the contents of a structure view to be panned. However, this action was not operational when the window was created as a Dynamic Zoom. The action has been added to Dynamic Zoom windows.

B) 09 The GUI has been updated to handle results produced by versions of STAAD.Pro V8i SS5 and earlier which used a different results database format which was not handled in later versions of STAAD.pro.

B) 10 The option to re-select the previous object selection has been added to the Select ribbon Cursors group.

B) 11 The Start Screen has been updated to provide convenient links to the sample and verification models delivered with the installation.

B) 12 The routine used to delete items selected in tables has been updated to ensure that the list of items was based on the index of the selected object rather than the table row number.

B) 13 The routine for importing Stardyne models has been removed from the program.

B) 14 The GUI has been updated to ensure that IX (torsional modulus) values of channel profiles are displayed correctly when the base unit is set to metric. Note that this only affected the displayed values and did not affect the analysis or design.

B) 15 The GUI has been updated to ensure that dialogs do not appear on the backstage when resizing the application window.

B) 16 The GUI has been updated to catch models which have been defined with multi-linear spring supports that have more than the maximum 100 displacement/stiffness pairs. Previously this would have caused the application to crash when opening the model.

B) 17 The tool-tip in the Configuration>File Format> Joint Coordinate Significant Figures has been updated to correctly list the valid range.

B) 18 The internal handling of memory while using the zoom functions has been updated to address situations which occasionally caused the application to crash.

B) 19 An additional check has been introduced when working with an archived file *.STZ, such that this model closed first before attempting to open a new archive file. Previously, such an action would result in the application crashing.

B) 20 The STAAD archive file format *.STZ has been registered with ProjectWise and this now allows an archive file to be opened directly into STAAD.Pro by using the Open routine or double clicking in a ProjectWise browser.

B) 21 The GUI file processing routine has been updated to ensure that if a UNIT specification is included prior to a DIRECT ANALYSIS specification this is retained when the file is re-saved.

B) 22 The GUI file reading routine has been updated so that it only processes the first 2 characters for any length or force specification and the details of this clarified in the documentation section TR.3 Unit Specification.

B) 23 The routine that allows quick access to items in a table by right-clicking and selecting 'Go to …' has been updated to ensure that this uses the selected reference rather than the table row number.

Top


(C) Analytical Modelling Workflow (39)

C) 01 The Automatic Load Combination Generator has been updated to allow the specification of a starting number of the generated combinations and better naming of the generated combinations to clarify the conditions being met.

C) 02 GUI processing of Time History definitions specified using a spectrum option has been updated to ensure that when the data is written into the STD file, if it is required to extend over multiple lines, the use of the line continuation character results in a correctly formated file.

C) 03 The GUI handling of group definitions has been improved to ensure that if a member is split, then all resulting parts are retained in the group definition.

C) 04 The properties of HSS sections in the AISC database have been updated to use the full section thickness. Previously this was listed as the thickness reduced by 7% as required for the design.

C) 05 The processing of LOADLIST commands by the GUI has been updated so that it no longer splits any definition into multiple parts which might result in a reduced set of load cases for subsequent actions.

C) 06 The processing of external user provided tables (UPT) has been been updated to better handle cases where the external table does not exist.

C) 07 The legacy SURFACE objects are now fully removed from STAAD.Pro. In order to create a panel of finite elements which are properly managed by STAAD.Pro, the PARAMETRIC OBJECT should be used. It is further managed better still if created as a physical model in the Physical Model workflow.

C) 08 The GUI has been updated to allow the application of hydrostatic loading to members in a reference load case.

C) 09 The GUI display of wind loading has been updated to ensure that the values match those when exposure factors have been specified.

C) 10 The GUI routine that addresses the editing of a response spectrum load definition has been updated to better handle the condition where Individual Modal Response has been set, to ensure that this setting can be edited.

C) 11 The US AISC steel database has been updated such that the table of wide flange sections now shows the plastic modulus for the major axis as Zz. Previously this was shown as Zx.

C) 12 The routine for displaying the graph of wind pressure at a given height when using the ASCE7 option in the wind loading definition has been improved to provide better indication of the values resulting from this method.

C) 13 The GUI is now able to define node loads inclined from the global axes, previously this could only be specified in the Editor.

C) 14 The GUI routine that saves the details of a response spectrum has been improved to ensure that the details of the response spectrum does not exceed the limit of 79 characters on a line, but if necessary use the line continuation character to extend onto additional lines.

C) 15 The GUI has been updated to ensure that if the configuration option to save the member information in a single line format, then the format is used in the STD file.

C) 16 The ribbon control provided for selecting standard profiles from the collection of available databases in the Specification Ribbon, has been updated to be consistent with the control provided in the Section Database Manager tool.

C) 17 The Automatic Load Combination Generator has been updated to refer to IS456/800 and reflect the combination requirements in these codes rather than IS875-1:2002.

C) 18 The Automatic Load Combination Generation tool has been updated to ensure that it displays rules delivered by the program and created by the user.

C) 19 The macro provided by the installation to define combinations to the European Code in the Utilities>User Tools ribbon, has been updated to meet the requirements of the Win Basic VBA engine provided with STAAD.Pro CE.

C) 20 The Japanese steel section profile database has been update to include the current published profile properties , the addition o the profile H900x300x16x28, 74 new CHS profiles and 38 previously available T profiles have been removed.

C) 21 The GUI has been updated to ensure that if a wind load definition has been included in a load case, but not all the of the members have been specified with section profiles, the application will manage that. Previously, this could cause the application to crash.

C) 22 The GUI has been updated to support the addition of Custom Profile database in the Section Database Manager tool.

C) 23 The GUI has been updated to ensure that if a temperature load defined with a STRAINRATE is saved, the parameter is not changed to a STRAIN option.

C) 24 A new section profile database of tubes manufactured by APL Apollo has been added to the list of standard sections.

C) 25 The GUI has been updated to better handle the options of the PLATE MAT command and ensure that the correct settings are written into the STD file. The options XONLY, YONLY, ZONLY could be written incorrectly.

C) 26 The Load selection dialog available in the Loading and Results ribbon, has been updated such that in addition to selecting a load case as before, now by clicking on the up and down keys, it is possible to step through the other load cases and change the displayed loading/results without having to re-open the dialog.

C) 27 The User Table GUI has been updated to provide clearer feedback as to the actions taking place.

C) 28 The method used to display plate thicknesses in the Properties dialog box has been updated toe ensure that if the thickness is modified or material changed, the changes are reflected in the Property dialog immediately.

C) 29 The GUI has been updated such that the default value of the parameter TMAIN for the AIJ steel design codes, which determines the slenderness limit for tension members, is shown as 400.

C) 30 The parameter list of the AIJ steel design codes has been updated to remove SSZ and SSY which are not used by these codes.

C) 31 The parameter list of the AIJ steel design modules have been updated to remove the option 3 from the TRACK parameter. This is no longer used.

C) 32 The parameter list of the AIJ steel design modules have been updated to remove the option 4 from the TRACK parameter. Deflection checks are determined by using load cases in an envelope classed as type, serviceability.

C) 33 The tables of castellated profiles in the AISC database have been updated to ensure that the values displayed with the base unit set to metric. Note that this issue did not affect any analysis or design routine.

C) 34 The installed standard materials available when generating a new model have been updated and four additional steel materials have been added.

C) 35 The LOAD LIST command available from the Analysis and Design ribbon has been updated to allow selection of envelopes as well as the previous option of selecting individual primary load cases and combinations.

C) 36 The action of the drop list item 'Parameters' in the Loading ribbon>Dynamic Specifications>Time History has been updated to ensure that it displays the intended dialog box.

C) 37 The GUI file reading routine has been updated to ensure that when parsing an IBC 2012 static seismic load, the defined data is correctly assigned to the appropriate parameters such that is is displayed correctly in the loading dialog and written out again in the same way.

C) 38 The Steel Design workflow has been removed as this is currently not an operational workflow.

C) 39 The GUI has been updated to ensure that if the value of torsional modulus (IX) is included in the section profile database for a selected member, then that value is reported as this is the value that will be used during the analysis. Previously a calculated value based on the section dimensions would be displayed.

Top


(D) Physical Modelling Workflow (25)

D) 01 The Physical Modelling workflow has been updated to now support static loading definitions, load cases and combinations (not just load groups). The load cases and load items also now sync with an ISM repository. Note that this means management of load cases is now controlled by the Physical Modelling workflow and not the Analytical Modelling workflow for physical models.

D) 02 The Physical Modelling workflow has been updated to better handle section profiles defined from the AISC 9th Edition catalog.

D) 03 Details of members designed using the MEMBER SELECT with design codes AISC 360-16 and NZ 3404-1997 are now reported back to the Physical Modelling Workflow and can be used to update the Physical Model.

D) 04 The processing of point loads on surfaces has been improved to allow loads to be applied to the very edge of the surface which previously would report as being outside the surface.

D) 05 The layout of spreadsheets has been simplified by providing the control in a context sensitive ribbon bar.

D) 06 The processing of the option to create the analytical model when only displaying a partial model view (i.e. only with some objects selected), has been updated to ensure that the entire model is created, not just the selected view.

D) 07 The spreadsheet tool has been updated to improve the experience of selecting items in the table by clicking on the first of the row, i.e. the index column and dragging up or down allows those additional rows also to get selected.

D) 08 The spreadsheet tool has been updated to allow members to be defined with un-registered nodes, i.e. such as only defining the start node, but if the spreadsheet is changed by say moving to a different sheet such as the nodes sheet, then only members with valid start and end nodes will be retained.

D) 09 The progress wheel displayed when generating an analysis model has been updated to better reflect the overall progress of the model generation.

D) 10 The spreadsheet tool has been updated to allow the data to be sorted by any column by clicking on an arrow on the column header. Clicking once will sort from low to high and second time from low to high.

D) 11 Members in the Physical Modelling workflow can now be tagged with Connection Tags which can be assigned to the start or end of selected members. These tags can be checked for the forces in the Analytical Model workflow according to the rules in the Connection Tag XML file. Any assigned tag will be transferred to the ISM repository when the model is synced and can be used to instruct detailers, using applications such as ProStructures, as to the connection to use in drawing production.

D) 12 The Member Segment function has been improved to ensure that members are divided into equal segments if the option is selected.

D) 13 The output panel has been enhanced with a filtering option to toggle the display of Error messages, Warnings or Notes.

D) 14 The backstage layout of the ISM interop and dialog have been revised to help retain coordination between the various ISM methods and retain a link to any repository used with the current model.

D) 15 The surface object supported in the physical model has been enhanced with support of a new circular opening definition. This definition is used to define openings on the analytical model and also included in the ISM interop.

D) 16 A new warning message will be displayed if the definition of an opening fails to successfully create an opening on a surface. Errors that are trapped include the boundary of the opening crossing the boundary of the surface and the boundary of one opening crossing the boundary of any other opening.

D) 17 The meshing algorithm used to create the analytical finite elements of surfaces has been improved taking into account the tolerance settings and adjacent/connecting surfaces.

D) 18 The import of models from an ISM repository has been improved on systems where the regional settings have been set to use a comma as the decimal separator.

D) 19 The spreadsheet table for grids has been updated to allow the addition of comments similar to that provided in other tables.

D) 20 The ribbon icon for labeling selected objects with their associated reference number has been updated to clarify its nature as a toggle which turns on/off the labels identified in the associated drop list.

D) 21 Generating the analytical model has been improved with a method to ensure that if an analysis model has been previously been generated, but some data is missing, then this data will be regenerated. Previously, the missing data would cause the analysis model creation routine to fail.

D) 22 The decomposition of the physical model to analytical data has been updated to improve the method used to update members that have been sub-divided into multiple parts using the 'Segment Model' after an initial analysis model has been created. Previously, some of the newly created analytical parts would be missing their profile and material specification.

D) 23 The method used to import an ISM into the Physical Model has been updated to additionally support members of type Polyline provided that they only have 2 defining points, start and end. Polyline members which have additional intermediate points are currently not supported.

D) 24 The create and update routines from the Physical Model to ISM have been updated to ensure that the alignment options match in both environments.

D) 25 The meshing routines have been improved to handle models which were failing to create analysis models due to small tolerances.

Top


(E) Other Modelling Workflows (01)

E) 01 The Building Planner workflow has been updated such that it retains the link to the calling STAAD.Pro and it is now no longer provided as an additional purchase, but included with the subscription of the STAAD.Pro license. (Note that this update is provided as a Technology Preview with this release. To utilise this feature, please contact your Bentley software provider to obtain an additional free license to add to your portfolio).

Top


(F) Analysis Post Processing Workflow (17)

F) 01 The reporting of stresses for wide flange sections which included a composite flange have been improved to better utilize the modular ratio of the two materials.

F) 02 The stress values reported for channel sections when the model has been defined with the SET Z UP option has been corrected to account for the rotated local axes.

F) 03 The reporting of stresses for angle profiles defined with the RA option have been corrected.

F) 04 The display of a legend for plate models has been updated to prevent clipping of the text in the description of the stress pattern being displayed.

F) 05 The post processing module has been updated to display results of response spectra cases for which the combination method of GRP for closely spaced modes, has been specified.

F) 06 The post processing module has been updated to process and display the results of forces resulting from Russian wind loading.

F) 07 Adding the option SET SHEAR from the Analysis and Design> Analysis Data>Miscellaneous Commands to omit the effect of shear distortion from the analysis will now invalidate any results and require the analysis to be rerun.

F) 08 The post processing ribbon bar has been updated to ensure that the options in the Results>View Results sheet are disabled for items that are not included in the current model.

F) 09 The resulting design data from a number of design codes have been updated such that they are now available in the member query dialog box. The codes updated are, API 2a, BS400, Norsok N-004, SNiP 2.23-81 and SP 16.13330.2011.

F) 10 The Result field in the Member Query>Steel Design has been updated to ensure that it indicates Pass/Fail for codes, DS412, NPD & NS3472.

F) 11 The Beam Stress Layout tool that displays the stresses on wide flange, channel and angle sections has been updated to better handle profiles that have been enhanced with cover plates or composite action which resulted in a shifted centre of gravity.

F) 12 The Beam Stress Layout tool that displays the stresses on hollow sections such as pipe or tubes which did not correctly calculate the location of centre of gravity.

F) 13 The Beam Stress Layout tool has been updated to improve the display of stresses on prismatic tee, trapezoidal, prismatic and general sections.

F) 14 The Beam Stress Layout tool has been updated to improve the display of stresses on Zee, Hat, tapered tubes and tapered I sections.

F) 15 A further improvement in STAAD.Pros ability to handle very large models has been implemented that allows STAAD.Pro to access results data in files that could not be accessed with a 32bit application.

F) 16 The tool for providing annotation of analysis results on the graphical window has been updated to handle a situation in which attempting to annotate members with extremely small results values caused the application to crash.

F) 17 The Post Processing Report>Beam Stress table has been updated to ensure that the values reported are calculated using the same method for as that used in the combined stress table in the output file.

Top


(G) Other Post Processing Design Workflows (13)

G) 01 The GUI has been updated to prevent opening and editing the model in the Editor if the Concrete Design Workflow is open. Previously, doing so would cause the application to crash.

G) 02 The Connection Design Workflow has been updated such that the Structural Integrity option for BS5950 and EC3 designs, has been removed from the definitions dialog, but where applicable can be assigned to a connection in the resulting connection design.

G) 03 The Connection Design Workflow has been updated to allow National Annex specifications for Eurocode designs to be edited. Previously doing so would cause the application to crash.

G) 04 The Steel Connection workflow has been updated to support creating multiple Beam-Girder connections at the same location. However, it is recommended to review any connections assigned to ensure it matches the required intent.

G) 05 The Steel Connection workflow has been enhanced with the option to generate DXF drawings of connections which was available in earlier versions of STAAD.Pro. On the Connection Pad of any connection select the DXF tab on the right side of the window, then click on the option 'Export to dxf' from the options on the top of the window.

G) 06 The Steel Connection design of Beam-Girder connections has been improved to ensure that any slope of beam includes the sign of the slope.

G) 07 The Steel Connection design routines have been updated to the RAM Connection V12 component.

G) 08 A new Advanced Concrete Design workflow has been added to STAAD.Pro. This provides a direct link for the current concrete STAAD model to be designed with the RCDC application. This is an included service with the STAAD.Pro Advanced license, but requires the use of a separate STAAD Advanced Concrete license if using a basic STAAD.Pro license.

G) 09 A new Steel AutoDrafter workflow has been added to STAAD.Pro. This provides a facility to generate general arrangement drawings from steel framed STAAD structures. This workflow is provided for all STAAD.Pro users who have a current subscription. (Note that this update is provided as a Technology Preview with this release. To utilise this feature, please contact your Bentley software provider to obtain an additional free license to add to your portfolio).

G) 10 The Steel Connection workflow has been updated to support tubular sections other than those defined in a standard table, such as from user defined tables or a parametric definition.

G) 11 The Steel Connection workflow has been enhanced to allow for user defined templates to be edited.

G) 12 Two new RAM connection templates have been provided for the AISC 360 -16 design routines for the design of horizontal bracing gussets. The connections are for either beam-brace-beam or column-beam-brace-beam junctions.

G) 13 The Export to STAAD Foundation Advanced has been updated to ensure that the column dimensions are not determined from any member that is in the horizontal plane.

Top


(H) Interoperability (05)

H) 01 The CIS/2 import routine has been improved to handle STP files that have not been formed correctly.

H) 02 The CIS/2 import routines have been updated to better generate physical members defined in the STP file.

H) 03 The interop with ProjectWise (PW) has been updated to ensure that if a model is opened directly from a PW browser, then it is checked out and when the model is closed in STAAD.Pro, the data is then checked back into the PW repository.

H) 04 The routine to update a pipelink database with additional STAAD results data has been updated to remove a case sensitive check on the file extension which was previously preventing the file from being updated.

H) 05 The ProjectWise and email sharing routines have been updated to allow STAAD.Pro files to be shared as either the base model file *.STD or collated with all the associated project files such as the results data into a single archive *.STZ file.

Top


(I) The Editor, Viewer and Other Modules (01)

I) 01 Due to the details provided in some error, warning and note messages being comprehensive, the details were being truncated when displayed in the Editor. More space is now provided to allow full details of such messages are now provided.

Top


(J) OpenSTAAD (03)

J) 01 The OpenSTAAD functions Property.GetMemberReleaseSpec Property.GetMemberReleaseSpecEx have been updated to ensure that where spring releases have been assigned, this information is returned as requested.

J) 02 The OpenSTAAD function Load.AddWindIntensity has been updated to correct the method that should generate intensity with multiple intensities which was causing STAAD.Pro to crash.

J) 03 Two new OpenSTAAD analysis functions for STAAD.Pro Advanced users have been added, void PerformCableAnalysis(VARIANT NoOfIterations, VARIANT PrintOption); void PerformBucklingAnalysis(VARIANT MaxSteps, VARIANT PrintOption);

Top


(K) Documentation and Printing (12)

K) 01 The member query dialog option to print details of the section properties has been updated to ensure that the the values of density are printed using the correct unit conversion.

K) 02 The user report tool has been updated to ensure that Saved Views are only displayed as items in the Saved Views section of the Available Items.

K) 03 The technical reference documentation for specifying concentrated members loads ( TR.32.2 Member Load Specification) has been updated to clarify that there is a difference in setting the distance of zero, which means the load is applied at the start of the member and not including the value, which applies the load to the centre of the beam.

K) 04 The Job Information Section in a user report includes the number of primary and combination load cases which was mis-counting the included number of cases which has been corrected.

K) 05 The documentation has been updated to include a link to the details of the supported New Zealand steel design code in the section Home > Design > Steel Design > Available Steel Design Codes.

K) 06 The RAM Connection Report has been withdrawn from the User Report Setup. The item RAM Connection Summary is retained which displays a table of the connections assigned to the model, but to display details of connections, the option Connection Report available in the Connection Design ribbon should be used.

K) 07 Documentation updated to list new Physical Modelling workflow features.

K) 08 Technical Reference Section 'TR.32.10.1.12 Response Spectrum Specification per SP 14.13330.2011' has been updated to identify the parameter to trigger this code as SP11.

K) 09 The documentation for the AIJ steel design code has been updated to clarify that the parameter MBG is used to determine the elastic section modulus about the Z axis of wide flange and channel sections.

K) 10 The OpenSTAAD documentation for the functions 'CreateSupportFixedBut', 'GetSupportInformation' and 'GetSupportInformationEx', have been updated to correct the return values for the release specification, varReleaseSpec.

K) 11 The AIJ 2005 documentation, section D9.B.2 Member Capacities, has been updated to clarify the equation used for determining the value of 'C' as used in the value of 'Me', itself used in the slenderness calculations.

K) 12 The User Report tool has been updated add three new tables in the Earthquake Check Reports section when the model has been processed in the Earthquake workflow. Storey Stiffness Table, Soft Storeys Table, and Torsional Radius Check Table.

Top


(L) Licensing / Security / Installation (11)

L) 01 The installer has been updated to provide a more consistent experience with Bentley CONNECT Edition applications.

L) 02 The management of licensing of nuclear design codes has been modified to simplify usage and prevent accidental usage and creation of a QTL for 'STAAD Nuclear Design Codes' by adding it as a prerequisite check on the Start Screen.

L) 03 The verification examples provided for AISC 9th Edition that refer to tube profiles that are no longer published by the AISC have been changed to equivalent UPT profiles.

L) 04 The legacy Editor has been removed from the installation.

L) 05 The legacy Viewer has been removed from the installation.

L) 06 The CONNECT Advisor utility delivered with STAAD.Pro has been updated to version 10.1.0.76.

L) 07 The installer has been updated to include links to the STAAD Foundation Advanced and Structural Synchronizer applications which are used by key parts of STAAD.pro and are provided as optional installation components.

L) 08 The license processing routine in the Physical Modelling workflow has been improved to prevent checks which reporting inappropriate warnings during a session.

L) 09 Planwin license check no longer required to use the Building Planer Mode.

L) 10 The installer has been updated to provide a better download and installation experience by implementing an on-demand technology so only the components requested are downloaded from the Bentley servers.

L) 11 The installation has been updated to ensure that the Structure Wizard module is registered such that it allows the use of VBA macros such as the ones included as samples for creating a stadium Roof or A Simple Tower.

Top


Last updated : 2018/09/25

© 2018. Bentley Systems, Incorporated


STAAD.Pro V8i SS4, Build 20.07.09.21 ( 20 December 2012)

$
0
0
Current Revision posted to RAM | STAAD Wiki by Carlos Aguera on 4/12/2022 9:42:27 AM

What's New in STAAD.Pro V8i SS4(patch), Build 20.07.09.21 ( 20 December 2012)

  • (A) Issues addressed in the Analysis/Design engine (40)
  • (B) Issues addressed in the Pre-Processing Mode (02)
  • (C) Issued Addressed in the Post-Processing Mode (02)
  • (D) Issues Addressed in the Steel Design Mode (00)
  • (E) Issues Addressed in the Concrete Design Mode (00)
  • (F) Issues Addressed in the RAM Connection Mode (00)
  • (G) Issues Addressed in the Advanced Slab Design Mode (00)
  • (H) Issues Addressed in the Piping Mode (00)
  • (I) Issues Addressed in the Editor, Viewer and other modules (00)
  • (J) Issues Addressed in OpenSTAAD (00)
  • (K) Issues Addressed with Printing and Documentation (06)
  • (L) Issues Addressed with licensing / security / installation (01)

(A) Issues addressed in the Analysis/Design engine (40)

A) 01 The deflection check has been introduced into the AISC 360-10 steel design module using the parameters DFF, DJ1 and DJ2 as with previous codes, but has been enhanced to allow deflection checks to be performed on different load cases than the force checks, with the overall worst ratio being the governing criteria. The load cases that are required for deflection checks should be included in a load envelope that is defined as a ‘Serviceability’ case:-

. DEFINE ENVELOPE

. (load case and combination numbers) ENVELOPE (envelope number) TYPE SERVICEABILITY

. END DEFINE ENVELOPE

If any of these load cases are then included in the AISC 360-10 design, they will be used for deflection checks. All other load cases will be used for force checks.

Note that if a deflection check is required, then the parameter DFF must be set to the required value on the members that are to be checked for deflection.

A) 02 The AISC 360-10 steel design code has been corrected to ensure that if a SELECT command is included, then the design will run the select process as outlined in the manual and implemented in all other design codes including the previous versions of the AISC code.

A) 03 The ASIC 360-10 steel design module has been updated to address an issue with sections that have been defined as welded using the parameter 'STP 2', these were not accounted for correctly and could cause the design to crash.

A) 04 The AISC 360-10 steel design module has been enhanced with the reintroduction of the MAIN and TMAIN parameters. Setting either to 1.0 will bypass any slenderness checks.

A) 05 The AISC 360-10 steel design module has been improved in the design of single angle sections. The check of single angle profiles is now reported in both geometric and principal axes and the most efficient design used in the overall design.

A) 06 The AISC 360-10 steel design output has been corrected to reflect the sign of axial force where a positive axial force is compression and negative is tension. Note that this is only a report issue, tension and compression forces were being used in their correct sense in the actual design.

A) 07 The AISC 360-10 steel design module has been improved to allow the design of User Provided Table (UPT) tube profiles by calculating the design torsion capacity which was previously returning zero and thus always failing with utilization ratio of infinity.

A) 08 The AISC 360-05 design code has been updated to improve the web shear coefficient Cv

A) 09 The AISC 360-05 steel design module has been improved for design of pipes in User Provided Tables (UPT). These sections can include a definition of shear area. However, previously the design would use a calculated shear area rather than that specified in the user table. Now, if there is a value in the user table, that value will be used.

A) 10 The AISC 360-05 steel design module has been improved with respect to the section classification. Previously a worst classification would be established and used throughout for each member design. Now, a classification is established for each check as appropriate.

A) 11 The IS1893 seismic load generation has been updated to correct the calculation of the static base shear used in VB/vb.

A) 12 The SOFT STOREY CHECK has been updated to ensure that the check is performed correctly where the model is defined with exactly 4 storeys.

A) 13 The static seismic definitions such as UBC, IBC, etc. have been updated to ensure that any factor assigned to a selfweight mass is correctly accounted for.

A) 14 The AISC 360-05 steel design module has been improved in the design of pipe sections. Which were being designed as slender under all conditions even when they should be consider as compact or semi-compact, thus resulting in potentially conservative designs.

A) 15 The one way option of the FLOOR LOAD command has been updated to account for the inclusion of FLOOR DIAPHRAGM commands in the file.

A) 16 The AITC 1994 and Mexican LRFD steel design codes have been updated to correctly handle the parameter CMB which was not being used.

A) 17 The automatic wind loading routine has been updated to ensure that the loading on HSS round sections in the standard databases and cold formed round sections are loaded correctly as outlined in the online help.

A) 18 An additional message has been added to the IS:800-1984 code when designing double I sections. This warns that these sections will only be designed for the provisions of the general I section and does not account for lacing or batten design.

A) 19 The BS5950:1-2000 steel design module has been updated for the design of user defined I sections. The LTB slenderness of a user defined I sections, the equations being used were that for sections with equal flanges (section B.2.3 of the code). This could give rise to inconsistencies for user defined I sections with unequal flanges. The design of I sections with unequal flanges has been updated so that the equivalent slenderness will be calculated as per section B.2.4 of the code.

A) 20 The iterative analysis that utilises both the MEMBER TENSION setting and includes a MEMBER REDUCTION in the axial direction has been improved to ensure that each iterative step includes the specified reduction factor. Previously this was not done on all steps and could result in the iterative solution not being achieved.

A) 21 The IS:800-2007 code has been updated to calculate the slenderness of tee section profiles so that they can be included in a design. It should be noted that sections currently defined as tapered sections with a bottom flange as zero is not a correct method for defining a tee section. To be correct, these should be defined using the Tee User Provided Table.

A) 22 The CABLE ANALYSIS has been updated to address occurrences which would cause the analysis to crash.

A) 23 The IS:800-2007 design module has been updated to ensure that the spacing of transverse stiffeners when set with the TST setting the value specified in TSP is used. Additionally the calculation of D/Tw has been corrected to use the web thickness rather than the flange thickness.

A) 24 The NRC 2005 seismic output has been modified to correctly reference "Design Spectral Acceleration" where previously it had referenced "Sec. Seismic Response Factor".

A) 25 The basic analysis engine has been updated to handle models that include the legacy method for defining a finite element mesh using the commands DEFINE MESH and GENERATE ELEMENT which was causing the analysis to crash.

A) 26 The IS:456-2000 concrete design module has been updated to ensure that if the parameter ENSH is set to 1 then it will ignore the enhanced shear check.

A) 27 The AISC 360-10 steel design module has been updated such that a slenderness check is no longer used as a critical member ratio check. If a slenderness check is included and exceeds unity, then it may be reported as the governing criteria. However, if it is less than unity, then it will be reported, but not used as the governing ratio.

A) 28 The processing of GROUP commands has been improved since the addition of the RIGID FLOOR command to STAAD.Pro which caused an error in the correct processing of the GROUP command.

A) 29 Generally MASS reference load type is used for the purpose of forming the mass model of the structure for any seismic/response/time history loading. In absence of this ref load case, the previous method of mass modelling should be followed. However when rigid floor diaphragm definitions are present, the program accepts Gravity ref load types to form the mass model in absence of Mass ref load type. In absence of both Mass and Gravity ref load types, the program will combine all Dead and Live ref load types to form the mass model.

A) 30 The SOFT STORY CHECK has been updated to address when the master joint on a rigid floor diaphragm is already defined as an analytical joint in the model and thus no new joint is created as the master joint by the program, then the program failed to calculate story stiffness correctly which is now addressed.

A) 31 The one-way floor loading routine has been improved for non-rectangular panels. This addresses he situation where the incidence of a beam is reversed and a concentrated load was applied.

A) 32 The AIJ seismic loading has been updated to account for the inclusion of the optional factor (f5) which is included in the addition of the AIJ seismic definition in a load case.

A) 33 The NORSOK N004 steel design module has been updated to ensure that when calculating the interaction ratio to Cl. 6.3.8.2 (Eq.6.27), the program uses the applied axial load for the “NSd” term in the equation. The module was previously using the axial capacity rather than the applied load for the "NSd" term.

A) 34 The AIJ 2005 steel design module has been updated to ensure that the calculation of the capacity uses the correct equation of either 5.12 or 5.14 when a value is specified in the CB parameter. Previously the choice of equation was taken assuming the end moments to be zero and hence could produce a lower capacity for the member and thus result in a conservative design.

A) 35 The IS800:2007 steel design has been updated to ensure that the results of members that have been defined as double angle profiles are displayed in the post-processing mode. The results of these members was previously only shown in the output file.

A) 36 The automatic floor load command has been updated to ensure that if the command SET FLOOR LOAD TOLERANCE has not been set, then a default tolerance of 0.001 inches will be used.

A) 37 The AISC 360-10 steel design routine has been updated to correct the calculation of the warping constant Cw for wide flanged members which was previously being done incorrectly using the major axis inertia, rather than the minor axis inertia. This results in an over estimate of the bending strength when it is not limited by the plastic moment.

A) 38 The AISC 360-10 design check has been updated to ensure that the slenderness check ratio is accounted for in the overall design summary when requested for inclusion.

A) 39 The AISC 360-10 steel design deflection check has been updated to ensure that the category (i.e SERVICEABILITY) of the envelope containing the load case to be used for deflection checks is correctly identified.

A) 40 The AISC 360-10 TRACK 2 output has been updated with more section property information.

(B) Issues addressed in the Pre-Processing Mode (03)

B) 01 The assignment of properties to an edit list has been updated to address the occasional problem where if this is done on an existing list, the resulting list would include a number of duplicate references.

B) 02 The GUI has been updated to ensure that if a LARGEDELTA parameter is included in the PDELTA command, then it is retained when the file is saved in the GUI.

(C) Issued Addressed in the Post-Processing Mode (01)

C) 01 The Post Processing of models creating large amounts of results data in excess of 2 GB has been improved which would have previously reported an issue of the form 'Unable to create mapping of the file c:\...\filename.ejt'

C) 02 The GUI has been updated to ensure that when the details of AISC pipe sections are displayed in the member query and stresses displayed in the post processing mode, unit conversions are applied correctly. A problem would manifest itself if the base unit was not set to English or the current units were not the default English units.

(D) Issues Addressed in the Steel Design Mode (00)

(None)

(E) Issues Addressed in the Concrete Design Mode (00)

(None)

(F) Issues Addressed in the RAM Connection Mode (00)

(None)

(G) Issues Addressed in the Advanced Slab Design Mode (00)

(None)

(H) Issues Addressed in the Piping Mode (00)

(None)

(I) Issues Addressed in the Editor, Viewer and other modules (00)

(None)

(J) Issues Addressed in OpenSTAAD (00)

(None)

(K) Issues Addressed with Printing and Documentation (06)

K) 01 The analysis output has been enhanced with a summary of the number of joints, members, plates, solids, surfaces and supports in the current model in the Problem Statistics.

K) 02 Section 7C.5.4 of the International Codes Manual has been updated to show the correct equation for structural hollow sections.

K) 03 Section 5.31.2.2 of the online help has been updated to clarify the order in which weight definitions should occur in a seismic definition.

K) 04 The documentation of Example 21 in the Application Example manuals has been updated to clarify the correct use of the MEMBER TENSION command.

K) 05 The OpenSTAAD documentation for the function Load.GetNodalLoads has been updated to correct the type for the node number which should be a long, rather than integer.

K) 06 The OpenSTAAD documentation has been updated to include details on the function Output.GetIntermediateMemberForcesAtDistance with the syntax, parameter list and example.

(L) Issues Addressed with licensing / security / installation (01)

L) 01 When a file is sent to be analysed any design blocks that are currently not licensed with a suitable SELECT license (indicated with green dots on the start page) are reported with a new message "Selected license set does not support design code. The design will not be performed."

STAAD.Pro V8i SS5, Build 20.07.10.41 ( 26 November 2013)

$
0
0
Current Revision posted to RAM | STAAD Wiki by Carlos Aguera on 4/12/2022 9:42:27 AM

What's New in STAAD.Pro V8i SS5, Build 20.07.10.41 ( 26 November 2013)

Issues addressed in:-

(A) Issues addressed in the Analysis/Design engine (81)

A) 01 The Australian steel design module AS4100 has been updated to improve the solution of the interaction equation (cl8.4). Previously the program did not consider alpha-s in calculating the allowable bending capacity. However, the design output did display the correct allowable capacities. Thus using the values in a detailed output, the value of the interaction ratio is not obtained.

A) 02 The ASCE 10-97 code has been updated to correct the calculation of axial capacity of angle sections. The value of 'w' was smaller than required resulting in conservative designs.

A) 03 The Eurocode 3 design module EN 1993-1-1 is updated with an additional National Annex to the Swedish standard SS-EN 1993-1-1:2005/AC:2009

A) 04 (issue resolved in STAAD.Pro 20.07.09.20 but not documented) The moment capacities of single angles designed to the AISC 360-05 or AISC 360-10 codes were updated to use the correct section modulus

A) 05 The AISC 360-10 and AISC 360-05 design codes have been updated such that if a section is designed defined from a UPT where the shear areas are specified in the UPT, then those values will be used rather than internally calculated .

A) 06 The AISC 360-05 design code has been updated to ensure that the lateral buckling calculations use the geometric section modulus, rather than 0.8*geometric section modulus if the lateral restraint is provided at the maximum moment.

A) 07 The time history definition using a harmonic acceleration has been updated. The units in the GUI are being honoured. Previously, the definition was taken to be in factors of 'g'.

A) 08 The AISC 360-10 design module has been updated for the design of angle sections to ensure that it correctly accounts for the RA/ST parameter setting.

A) 09 The AISC 360-05 design module has been updated for the design of angle sections to ensure that it correctly accounts for the RA/ST parameter setting.

A) 10 The AITC design timber design module has been updated to correct the output when slenderness is the critical condition. Previously the ratio actually displayed the value of slenderness rather than the ratio of the actual over allowable.

A) 11 The AIJ 2002 and AIJ 2005 steel design modules have been updated to ensure the correct value of FT is used in eq. 6.4. This was taken as the minimum of FCZ and FCY rather than FT which could lead to a non conservative situation.

A) 12 The analysis engine has been updated to include the option SET PRINT 8 which will turn off the reporting SELFWEIGHT warnings in the output file.

A) 13 The analysis engine has been updated to address a situation where a file has been incorrectly defined with two sequential analysis commands, but no intermediate commands such as new load cases or PRINT or CHANGE commands. If the preceding load case included self weight, the results for this load case would not be reported correctly. Whilst the format of the file is still not recommended and should be corrected, files that have been created this way will be reported correctly.

A) 14 The design of angle sections for AISC 360-10 and AISC 360-05 have been updated to ensure that when these members are designed about their principal axes, the correct value of beta-w is used for lateral torsional buckling.

A) 15 The analysis engine has been updated to ensure that it supports wind loading definitions that extend over more than 4 lines using the hyphen character as a line continuation character.

A) 16 The IS8000:2007 LSD design has improved the reporting ratio for a compression check. Whilst the design correctly reported that the compression check was the critical clause, the value of the ratio was not correctly reported.

A) 17 The IS800:2007 LSD design has addressed an issue with regard to the design of tapers which although the design was correct, resulted in a crash when displaying the results of the design.

A) 18 The AISC 360-10 output for a TRACK 1 has been updated to clarify that the capacities are for force and moment.

A) 19 The IS13920 concrete design module has been updated to ensure that if the GLD parameter has been set, self weight is correctly accounted for. Previously this would have caused the analysis to crash.

A) 20 THE API design module has been updated to allow the design of sections defined from the HSS Round database.

A) 21 The API design module has been updated to improve the output of a SELECT process where sections may have failed the thickness check and had a warning message posted in the output file. However, if this was not the final section in the SELECT process, this message is not required, thus the design has been updated such that only if the final section in the SELECT fails this check, then the warning message is posted.

A) 22 The AISC 360-05 design code has been enhanced with the addition of the FLX parameter to allow the specification of a the type of lateral torsional buckling restraint for single angles designed on their geometric axes.

A) 23 The AISC 360-05 design of single angles has been updated to ensure that if the member is subject to bending about both axes, then it will be designed about the principal axes.

A) 24 The analysis engine has been updated to allow a local over-ride of the single mass matrix. If a Reference Load Case type MASS is defined, then this will be used for determining the centre of rigidity for rigid floor diaphragms and also used as the mass matrix in seismic or dynamic load cases unless in those cases they include loading which will instead be used to define the mass matrix.

A) 25 The AISC 360-10 design has been updated to ensure that only double angles and double channels are checked as built up and using the CSP parameter.

A) 26 "The AISC 360-10 design of single angles has been updated to ensure correct identification of the stress at the toe of single angles when bending about the geometric axis, and use of clause F10-4a is used when the toe is in tension or F10-4b is used when the toe is in compression. "

A) 27 The analysis engine has been updated to allow the use of the parameter ALL with the DRIFT command which is used with an imperfection analysis. Previously, this would cause the analysis to crash.

A) 28 The AISC 360-10 design for angle sections has been improved to ensure that if an angle is set to be designed about its geometric axes, but fails to meet the criteria in the code, then a warning message is posted.

A) 29 The AISC 360-10 design of single angles has been improved as an additional torsional force was being included in the design due to the eccentricity between the shear centre and the centre of gravity of the cross section. However, as the load by definition in STAAD.Pro is through the shear centre, this should not have been added in and was producing conservative designs.

A) 30 The analysis engine has improved the handling of 2D orthotropic materials used on non-isotropic plates, where the Young’s Modulus (E)in the two directions are significantly different which previously would result in the analysis failing with an error message identified as a ‘bad plate’

A) 31 The calculation of seismic loading has been updated in the analysis engine when using a Reference load case which included self weight commands. Whilst the self weight of beams, columns and plates were included, the self weight of surface objects defined using the SSELFWT command were not included. These loads are now also included in determining the mass.

A) 32 The analysis engine has introduced a test on Multi Linear Springs to ensure that the distance - spring pairs are defined starting with the maximum negative displacement, then increasing to the maximum positive displacement.

A) 33 The analysis engine has been updated to ensure that it recognises XRA, YRA and ZRA as shorter forms of the parameters XRANGE, YRANGE and ZRANGE in a FLOOR DIAPHRAGM command.

A) 34 The member stress values reported for channel sections have been updated to use the correct minor section modulus to establish the stress on either side of the axis.

A) 35 The Indian concrete design module IS456 has been updated with a new parameter MFACE such that where currently the parameters SFACE and EFACE are used to set the location for the shear checks at the start and end of the member, MFACE is used as a flag design the end moments at these locations too. MFACE, 0= at node (default), 1= at SFACE and EFACE

A) 36 The Australian steel design module AS4100 has been updated to correct the compression capacity calculation for General Sections. When lambda,e is <= Lambda,ey the program now calculates the effective area using a reduction from the gross area .

A) 37 The analysis engine has been updated to catch the use of multiple COMBINE parameters in an IS 13920 concrete design. This should be formatted such that there are sequential designs in the file, each one can contain a single COMBINE command. Previously an incorrectly formatted file would cause the analysis to crash.

A) 38 The design of tapered members to the BS5950-1:2000 code has been updated to ensure all variables used in the design are correctly initialised which would previously result in inconsistent designs depending on the previous member design.

A) 39 The AISC 360-05 steel design module has been updated for the design of circular sections, such as HSS Round profiles, which are subjected to axial force, biaxial bending, shear force and a significant torsional force > 20% torsional capacity. The interaction ratio was being calculated as a function of the sum of applied moment over capacity in each direction, i.e.(Mrx/Mcx + Mry/Mcy) instead of evaluating an equivalent resultant over capacity, i.e. (Mr/Mc) which is being done now.

A) 40 The output of the CG location has been updated to provide it to 4 decimal places

A) 41 The analysis engine has been updated to improve the results reported for bending moments of combinations defined that include other combinations that are defined as SRSS.

A) 42 The calculation of shear area of UPT wide flange sections has been updated to correct an error introduced with the addition of the new TF1 and WF1 parameters to allow UPT wide flange sections to have different sized top and bottom flanges.

A) 43 The Steady State analysis has been enhanced with the option to include missing mass.

A) 44 The IS801 steel design module has been updated to ensure that the values of TSA and FLX are being used if set.

A) 45 The analysis engine has been updated to improve handling models which include REPEAT and DELETE JOINT commands for defining nodes. Under some conditions this was leading to a discrepancy in the numbers of solids established by the analysis engine and those expected by the GUI. The result was an error reported by the GUI when opening the results data.

A) 46 The warning reported in the output file when using floor or one way loads has been updated to point to the revised description in the technical reference manual

A) 47 The processing of the Individual Modal Response (IMR) option in a response spectrum load case so that load cases that are created as a result of this setting can be combined with others with a REPEAT LOAD command.

A) 48 The Eurocode 3 design module EN 1993-1-1 is updated with an additional National Annex to the German standard DIN-EN 1993-1-1

A) 49 The cold formed section design module AISI has been improved where a member is designed iteratively in a single run. The torsional moment of inertia in the section in the second and subsequent designs was not getting correctly updated if the section changed.

A) 50 The cable analysis has been updated to ensure that if a member is made INACTIVE for a set of load cases, any pre-tension forces defined in that cable member are also removed.

A) 51 The EN1993-1-1 steel design module has been updated for the design of GENERAL UPT sections. If the values of PY, PZ, SY or SZ have not been entered, then these will be calculated assuming the section is a wide flange section with the dimensions provided.

A) 52 The Canadian CAN/CSA A23.3-94 design of finite elements has been corrected to ensure that alpha >=0.67 and that the expression for calcuating the reinforcement percentage is taken as (PHI_S*FY*FY)/(2.0*ALPHA1*FC*PHI_C), previously PHI_S had been squared.

A) 53 The Canadian steel design S16-01 has been updated to ensure that angle profiles that are classified as class 4, slender, are checked for combined tension and bending if required. Additionally the effective area and effective yeild stress routines for these sections have also been updated.

A) 54 The AISC 360-05 design for single angles has been updated to improve the calculation of Beta-w to match the values published in table C-F10.1

A) 55 The IS800 LSD design code has been updated to improve the design of sections where the web is suseptible to shear buckling, i.e d/tw>67. Previously a deduction was made for both major and minor axes, which at times could result in a negative minor axis capacity. The deduction is correct for the major axis, but no deduction is required for minor axis.

A) 56 The TRACK 2 output of an AISC 360-05 design of single angles has been updated to include an indication as to which axis has been used in the design, either geometric or principal.

A) 57 The AISC 360-05 steel design has been updated to establish the classification of the web using H/tw, where H is the clear distance between the flanges less twice the root radius. Previously no reduction for the root radius was included. This is now being done for for AISC W, M, S and HP sections.

A) 58 The AISC 360-05 design of single equal angles has been updated to ensure that the reduction factor of 0.8 is not used when calculating the limit state for yeilding.

A) 59 The AISC 360-05 design of single equal angles has been updated to ensure that the reduction factor of 0.8 is not used when calculating the moment capacity for leg local buckling.

A) 60 The EN 1993-1-1 design with a Dutch National Annex has been corrected if torsion checks are included (TOR 2), to ensure that the correct total torsion to be checked is accounted for.

A) 61 A new parameter FLX has been added to the AISC 360-10 design engine such that:- FLX = 1; no lateral torsional restraint, FLX = 2; lateral torsional restraint present, FLX = 3; lateral torsional restraint at point of Maximum Moment

A) 62 Torsion Design to Design Guide 9 has been added to the AISC 360-10 for the following section types, wide flange, W, M, S and HP, channel, C and MC, angle sections, tee sections, pipe and HSS round and tube and HSS rectangular sections.

A) 63 The Canadian design code S16-09 has been added to the range of steel design codes available for use with the STAAD CAN/AUS/SA SELECT license pack.

A) 64 The analysis engine has been updated to ensure that if a model includes notional loads and a SELECT command, then the data is processed correctly. Previously this would have caused a failure in the engine and no results produced.

A) 65 The time history loading has been enhanced to allow any mass not captured in the eigen solutions to be accounted for when a time load is applied.

A) 66 The EN1993-1-1 steel design module has been improved for designing General sections. If a value of DEE has been defined, the specified value will be used for design. If DEE has not been defined or has been set to zero, DEE will be calculated internally as (Total Depth - 2 * flange thickness). Previously the calculation was used even with a specified value in the section definition.

A) 67 The AISC 360-10 code has been updated to ensure that when designing angle sections the value specified using LX is used as Lb in the code.

A) 68 The analysis routines that create the Individual Modal Responses (IMR) in a response spectrum load case have been enhanced to allow additional load cases to be defined after the response sepectrum load case which previously would have been incorrectly referenced.

A) 69 The analysis engine has been updated to process models which include a set of load cases followed by a PERFORM NON LINEAR ANALYSIS and CHANGE then additional locad cases followed by PERFORM CABLE ANALYSIS and CHANGE command. Previously a file fomatted in that way would not be processed correctly.

A) 70 The analysis engine has been updated with the latest Columbian seismic loading requirements as per NSR-10

A) 71 The ANSI N690-1994 code has been updated to correct angle section designs when using clause Q1.6-3 to ensure the correct combined stress is accounted for.

A) 72 The Missing Mass option has been extended to include GROUND MOTION time history loading conditions.

A) 73 The steel design module EN1993-1-1 has been updated to ensure that the name of the National Annex, if used using the NA parameter is reported in the output file.

A) 74 A new SET option has been added to define the test for warping of plates, SET PLATE FLATNESS TOLERANCE xxxx where xxxx is the cosine of the angle and .8666 is the default.

A) 75 The elastic section property reported as SZ for user defined wide flange sections where the top and bottom flanges are defined with different dimensions has been corrected.

A) 76 The standard engine buckling analysis solver has been updated to ensure that if a load case fails to converge to the given tolerance with the defined restraints, thena more prominent message is given as a warning in the analysis window and output file.

A) 77 The basic buckling analysis solver has been enhanced to ensure that if during an analysis, should the 'Abort' button be pressed, the analysis is terminated.

A) 78 The analysis engine has been updated in the method used to report the stresses for channel sections taken from the standard tables. Previously the stresses were based on inertias calculated from the section dimensions which may be different from the published values. Now the stresss are reported based on the inertias published in the database.

A) 79 The design of class 4 sections to the Canadian steel code S16-01 has been updated to correct the compression capacity calculation to ensure that it uses the effective rather than gross section properties.

A) 80 The IS 800-2007 LSD code has been updated to support the design of slender (class 4) wide flange sections.

A) 81 The Canadian steel design module S16-01 has been updated for the design of T sections to ensure that the value of Fe used in the calculation of compression capacity is taken as the smaller of Fex for weak axis buckling and Feyz for lateral torsional buckling. Previously this was taken to be Feyz directly.

Top

(B) Issues addressed in the Pre-Processing Mode (47)

B) 01 The GUI has been updated to better handle the FIXED END load so that these loads can now be edited in the GUI and if the command line is greater than line length, it is split according to the normal rules. Additionally there was an issue if the base unit and the force unit differed, the values were not getting correctly converted.

B) 02 The Canadian HSS rectangular and round databases have been updated to include details of the A500 sections listed with an HA label.

B) 03 The GUI has been updated to allow Floor Diaphragms to be specified which previously could only be done in the Editor.

B) 04 The GUI has been updated to ensure that the command structure for a steady state harmonic analysis is maintained. Previously, the required line HARMONIC FORCE was being removed causing the analysis to report an error.

B) 05 The GUI has been updated to handle STAAD.Pro models which include multiple "ELEMENT INCIDENCES SOLID" blocks of data.

B) 06 The GUI has been updated such that it can recognise the BEAM parameter settings of 0,1 or 2 for the API code.

B) 07 The seismic definition dialog has been slightly modified to ensure the title 'Load Case' is displayed in the Reference Load panel.

B) 08 The GUI has been updated to display a rendered 3D view of general sections defined using profile points which are referenced from a user table. Note however, that if a new section is added to a user table, then the STAAD.Pro model should be closed and re-opened in order that it be displayed in the rendered 3D view.

B) 09 The GUI has been updated to correct the 3D display of angles that have been specified with an RA specification, i.e. so that the local Z axis is the strong principal axis.

B) 10 The CIS/2 export module has been updated to better handle sections defined in the Australian cold formed database.

B) 11 The GUI has been updated to ensure that Korean PIP sections report their diameter in the member query dialog.

B) 12 The GUI has been updated to display the name of a Canadian W section which has been cut into a T section using the form:- 'W(a)x(b)' to become 'W(a/2)X(b/2)'. This matches the behaviour of cutting US W sections to form T sections. Note that this is also the name used when exporting sections into an ISM repository and when reading back form ISM will reverse the process and create a standard wide flange shape with the T specification.

B) 13 The New Project note for FLOOR structures has been simplified.

B) 14 The GUI has been updated to better handle material definitions that are displayed in the Materials dialog to ensure that the selected type (used with the RAM Connection module) is correctly displayed and saved if modified. An additional macro has been added to the GUI and available from the User Tools toolbar which allows materials defined in an XML file to be added to the model.

B) 15 The Connection Tag check display has been updated to ensure that the label of the units is consistent with the model.

B) 16 The GUI has been updated to re-display the menu to allow user tools to be edited.

B) 17 The analysis engine has been updated to ensure that if a plate has been set to IGNORE STIFFNESS and a self weight command used which includes the plate in the list , then the weight of that plate is not included. Note if the command SELFWEIGHT command has been used without an explicit list, then the plate would not have been included, thus both methods will now yield the same result.

B) 18 The GUI has been updated to parse a model that uses the IMR parameter (Individual Modal Response) with a spectrum command. This defines additional load cases which can be later included in a combination. Previously, if the GUI opened such a file, as the IMR load cases did not exist, any combination that referenced them would be identified as errors and removed if the file re-saved. Now, the integrity of these combinations are maintained.

B) 19 The analysis engine has been updated to support SET NONOTE to hide the NOTES otherwise reported in the output file.

B) 20 The Pdelta analysis has been updated to address an issue if the end node of a member had an axial release but the start end did not, then STAAD treated it as if there were no release when calculating the PDELTA forces during each iteration. Reverse the member produced the correct results.

B) 21 The GUI has been updated to better handle incompletely defined parametric model definitions. These are automatically created in the GUI, but if modified outside by say editing in Notepad, can result in an incomplete definition which previously would cause STAAD.Pro to crash when loading the data file.

B) 22 The GUI has been updated to display hydrostatic plate loads which have been defined in a reference load case. If the load had been defined in a primary load case, then these were displayed correctly.

B) 23 The routine for merging multiple members into a single member has been updated to ensure that if a beta specification has been applied to the maintained member, then that assigned beta angle is retained for the new combined member.

B) 24 The internal processing of the DELETE command when defined on multiple lines which previously caused the GUI to crash.

B) 25 The GUI has been updated to correctly read a steady state definition which includes the command PRINT HARMONIC DISP ALL which was previously reported as an error.

B) 26 The GUI has been updated to ensure that if a member is deleted that has a temperature load assigned, then the load command is updated to remove that member from its assignment list. Previously this would not be done and thus be reported as an error during analysis.

B) 27 The method used for splitting a tapered member has been improved in the GUI to ensure that the dimensions at the insertion point are proportional to the position of any insertion point.

B) 28 The IS 800-2007 LSD steel design module in the GUI has been updated to ensure that it correctly handles all the options for the cantilever parameter CAN.

B) 29 The sequence of profiles in the W shape table of the AISC standard sections has been revised to sequence sections of the same serial size by their weight.

B) 30 The GUI creation of spring supports has been updated to ensure that when the base units are metric, the values used in the user report are consistent with the values entered in the GUI.

B) 31 The GUI has been updated to handle a command MEMBER TENSION 0 whose purpose is to deactivate any TENSION commands that have been assigned to members in previous load cases.

B) 32 The GUI has been updated to handle an incorrectly defined DAMP command in a CONSTANT block (note this is not when defined as part of an explicit material definition). This is an error as it should be defined as CDAMP and as such any subsequent constant definitions such as BETA would be ignored. Now these commands are processed.

B) 33 The steel design module ASD has been updated to correct the K factor calculation routine for members which have a beta assigned.

B) 34 Wind loads on open structures defined using a member list are now displayed in the GUI. Note however, the definition of the member list is currently only available through the Editor, not the GUI.

B) 35 When assigning a thickness specification to a collection of plates, if the list of plates exceeded 400, then this would be added to the input file as multiple specifications. Now that limit has been enhanced to 4000 plates per specification.

B) 36 The GUI has been updated to ensure that if included in the STD file, when opened the seismic accidental load parameters ACC and DEC are correctly displayed and saved.

B) 37 The Steel Joist Institute has published Virtual Joist Girder tables which have been included as a User Table to assist engineers wishing to model steel joists in their STAAD models. The UPT is located in the \STAAD\Sections folder with the properties defined as GENERAL sections. More details on designing with these sections should be obtained from the SJI at www.steeljoist.org

B) 38 The Brazilian steel database has been updated. New CS, CV and CVS tables added. Additional wide flange S Shape table added. A new Pipe table added. Additional sections added to the angle and channel tables. WH sections renamed to W section in W_H table.

B) 39 The Japanese steel database H shape table has been updated to correct the AX of sections as published by JIS.

B) 40 The Jindal steel database has been updated such that T sections can be defined from sections taken from wide flange section shapes.

B) 41 The P-Delta analysis sheet of the Analysis/Print Commands dialog box has been slightly modified so that it is in line with the default command structure.

B) 42 The ASCE 07 2010 wind loading tool has been updated to remove the reference to the importance factor which is not required in the 2010 version of the code.

B) 43 The dialog 'View>View Management>Add to View' has been updated to ensure that any saved views are named allowing the selected items to be added to the selected view.

B) 44 The GUI tool that can be used to merge members has been updated to ensure that if a material has been assigned to the segmental parts, the material is maintained and assigned on the new combined member.

B) 45 The GUI tool that can be used to merge members has been updated to ensure that if the various parts of the merged member have had selfweight assigned to them, then selfweight is assigned to the new combined member.

B) 46 The display of angle profiles has been updated to improve the orientation of 3D rendering when the file is defined as Z UP with both ST and RA specifications.

B) 47 The US steel database has been updated to correct a few HSS definitions and 5 number 3-1/2 x 2-1/2 rectangle sections have been added.

Top

(C) Issued Addressed in the Post-Processing Mode (12)

C) 01 The member query dialog and unity check tables have been updated to ensure that when a design is performed to the AISC 360-10 code where the design includes both strength and deflection checks, these items display the governing condition from both design requirements. Previously only the strength checks were included.

C) 02 The post processing display of stresses on user defined wide flange sections where the two flanges have been assigned different dimensions has been updated to correctly display the stresses on these sections.

C) 03 The Member Query dialog box includes a message to warn that it cannot accurately display graphs of combinations that include SRSS components or references to other combinations that themselves are SRSS results.

C) 04 The Geometry menu of the GUI has been updated to include the 5 different forms of adding solid members graphically to the model.

C) 05 The post processing routine to display a result line through a set of plates has been enhanced to handle results of load cases which include thermal loading.

C) 06 The GUI has been updated to improve the display and reporting of intermediate member displacements when the inertia of the section is very small.

C) 07 The member query routine for members which includes loads from an AREA command has been updated to ensure the correct loading is accounted for in evaluating the intermediate forces.

C) 08 The plate query has been updated to ensure that the values of principal stresses-Centre Stresses are correct and consistent with the values reported in the tables.

C) 09 The AISC N690-1994 design code has been updated to ensure that when the results are displayed in the member query dialog and unity check table in the post processing mode, they report the critical clause if it is due to combined shear and torsion. Whilst this is correctly being accounted for in the design and output file, the post processing did not include this.

C) 10 The display of buckling mode shapes in the post processing mode has been updated to ensure that the the mode shape displayed is always set to 1 when first displaying the mode shape.

C) 11 The member query dialog has been updated to ennsure that if a member is defined as a cable, then due to its non linear behaviour, intermediate results are not displayed as was done previously for deflection results, following the same procedure when querying truss or inactive members.

C) 12 The member query dialog box has been updated to display the results for a design to AISC 360-05 in Kip and Inches for an English base unit system and KN and Metres for a metric base unit system. Previously some values were too large to be effectively displayed in the dialog.

Top

(D) Issues Addressed in the Steel Design Mode (00)

(None)

Top

(E) Issues Addressed in the Concrete Design Mode (11)

E) 01 The Concrete Mode has been updated by removing the old DD version of Eurocode 2 to prevent confusion with the current EN1992-1-1 version.

E) 02 The EN1992-1:2004 design of columns in the Concrete Design module has improved the calculation of the design moment for slender columns. Whilst the design standard is not specific, common sense suggests that the design moment should never be less than the first order moment. Previously a second order moment added to a moment calculated from the first order end moments, as per the code. Now, this calculated moment is additionally checked against the first order moment and the maximum is used.

E) 03 The Russian concrete design SP 52-101 has been updated to ensure that if a design requires a minimum of 2 bars of a size bigger than in the design brief, then the program reports this a failure. Previously this would cause the design to crash.

E) 04 The RC Designer mode has been updated for axial capacity of columns in ACI 318-05 designs. During calculation of the axial capacity of a column, with biaxial moments, the smaller axial ratio calculated when assessing the two axes independently is taken. However in the case where the moment in one axis is very small, the axial ratio is not actually calculated. The capacity in that direction is now set to a very large value, so that the final ratio is actually the smaller (calculated) one.

E) 05 The Eurocode EN1992-1-1 module in RC Designer has been enhanced with a new National Annex to set the design requirements as per the Malaysian NA.

E) 06 The AIJ concrete design module has been removed from the RC Designer mode.

E) 07 The RC Designer mode has been updated to include a new unit option for setting the unit for slab areas. This has been added to the View>Options>Structure Units

E) 08 The BS8110 concrete column design routine has been improved. Previously in the case where the neutral axis of a column lay outside the depth, the moment due to the concrete compression block was being incorrectly set as zero. This was very conservative, but only affected columns with heavy axial load but small moment.

E) 09 The RC Designer report printing routine has been modified to prevent a crash which occasionally occurred when including shear details.

E) 10 The Eurocode EN1992-1-1 module in RC Designer has been enhanced with a new National Annex to set the design requirements as per the Singaporean NA.

E) 11 The Concrete Design Mode has been improved to handle models with steel physical members defined in the STAAD.Pro file. Previously the members created when the file is reopened in the Concrete mode, the existance of steel physical members would cause concrete members to dissappear from the design list..

Top

(F) Issues Addressed in the RAM Connection Mode (05)

F) 01 The RAM Connection module in STAAD.Pro has been updated to version v8.0.1 which includes the following new templates:-

i. US - MEP Knee BCF.con

ii. US - Moment End Plate BCF.con

iii. US - Moment End Plate BCW.con

iv. US - Moment End Plate BS Apex.con

v. US - Moment End Plate BS.con

vi. UK - Bolted End Plate BS Apex.con

2. The following templates are no longer supported:-

i. US - Extended End Plate BCF.con

ii. US - Extended End Plate BCW.con

3. The following sections are now supported:-

i. Canadian W Shape

ii. Canadian M Shape

iii. Canadian S Shape

iv. Canadian HP Shape

v. Canadian Angle

vi. Canadian Channel

vii. Canadian MC Channel

viii. Canadian HSS Round

ix. Brazilian I Shape

x. Brazilian Angle

xi. Brazilian Channel

4. Minor enhancement and bug fixes. Note that it does not support tapered members and Haunched Beam and the connection details are not synced with structural synchronizer ISM ( 3.0 ) "

F) 02 The RAM Connection module has been improved to determine the angle at which members combine when forming a gusset connection.

F) 03 The RAM Connection designs have been updated to ensure that if the sections in the connection include the value of K in the database, then that value is used, if not (such as for UPT sections), then K is determined from the section dimensions.

F) 04 The Ram Connection Mode has been updated to ensure that when pipe sections are used in a gusset connection they are displayed correctly.

F)05 The Ram Connection template file 'Moment End Plate BCF.con' has been updated to correct a reference which caused the application to crash when the template was used.

Top

(G) Issues Addressed in the Advanced Slab Design Mode (00)

(None)

Top

(H) Issues Addressed in the Piping Mode (00)

(None)

Top

(I) Issues Addressed in the Editor, Viewer and other modules (13)

I) 01 The STAAD.BeEAVA module has been updated to ensure that the heaviest axle can be located as close as possible to the point of interest.

I) 02 The STAAD.Beava bridge deck module has been enhanced to ensure that when a roadway is made up of multiple lanes, the required edge distances are processed for all lanes. Previously, only the lanes at the outsides were being processed correctly any middle lanes (i.e. when there are 3 or more lanes) would not be processed correctly if the distance from the kerb was different to the distance between lanes.

I) 03 The influence surface routine in the Bridge Deck mode has been improved when using the basic solver which was previously not accounting for the bandwidth reduction when processing loaded nodes, thus was not able to display the influence surface.

I) 04 The Bridge Deck mode AASHTO LRFD has been updated to ensure that when a vehicle is located at the edge of a lane it is positioned so that the wheel line is at the side of the lane less the kerb width. Previously the axle was being located at this position.

I) 05 The influence surface generator has been updated to provide assistance for very large models that require more virtual memory than is currently available. If the analysis requires more memory than is available, then this is reported in the output file. Previously this would cause an error and the output file that was being created would be deleted. Now that is being retained and can be reviewed for information on the influence surface analysis process.

I) 06 The effects reported in the STAAD.Beava module have been improved due to an error in unit conversion, however, note that the loads created for a given effect were correct.

I) 07 The STAAD.Pro ISM Module (previously branded as StucLink) has been updated to improve installing and operating on non-English Windows operating systems.

I) 08 The STAAD.Beava module has been improved to handle files which include parametric model sections in the input file.

I) 09 The CIS/2 import routine has been updated to improve the mapping of European angle profiles. Initially these would display as channels, but would display correctly again once the file was closed and reopened.

I) 10 The ISM integration module has been improved to ensure any partial fixity releases (as opposed to full or spring releases) are maintained when a STAAD model is updated from an ISM repository. Refer to the StrucLink ReadMe documentation in the folder \STAAD\Plugins\StrucLink\ReadMe\ which contains full details of a number of other significant update on the ISM interation module.

I ) 11 A beta service has been added to the File menu to allow models to be analysed on a remote server as a job for a scenario as part of a project and the results compared using a scenario manager.

I) 12 A new option has been added to the Configuration>News Channels, to allow the news feed displayed on the Start Page to be turned off. This may assist some users who operate behind a proxy server and would thus fail to successfully get access to the news feed.

I) 13 The CIS/2 import module has been enhanced to handle node names that are defined from a combination of numeric and alphanumeric characters. Also if the CIS/2 file has members defined with the same description which was being used by STAAD.Pro as the member number, then STAAD.Pro will generate a new number for those members. Additionally un mapped wide flange and channel sections are imported into STAAD.Pro as UPT sections. Any members that fail to have any property asssigned will be grouped by the property name given. Finally any CIS name that uses a '*' character will be replaced by an 'x' as * is a reserved character in STAAD.Pro.

Top

(J) Issues Addressed in OpenSTAAD (02)

J) 01 The OpenSTAAD API function that can be used to create spring support definitions has been updated to handle incomplete support definitions which previously would have caused a crash.

J) 02 The OpenSTAAD function GetBeamSectionName has been updated to ensure that if a section is defined as a double profile, then the D parameter is returned in the section name.

Top

(K) Issues Addressed with Documentation and Printing (09)

K) 01 The AISC 360-10 steel design module has been enhanced to allow a detailed output in a user report

K) 02 The user report items 'Beam Maximum Axial Forces', 'Beam Maximum Shear Forces' and 'Beam Maximum Moments' tables have been updated to ensure the Max +ve and Max -ve values are displayed in the correct columns.

K) 03 The details of a response spectrum included in a user report have been corrected to show the parameters correctly.

K) 04 Section 5.32.4.3 of the Technical Reference manual has been updated to remove the description of a limitation that is no longer applicable and should have been removed earlier.

K) 05 The Technical Reference manual for steel design to the AISC 360-05 has been updated to confirm that for the design of a single angle for flexure, the parameter “LX” should be used to specify the value of the term “L” in equations F10-4a, F10-4b, F10-5 and F10-6 of AISC 360-05.

K) 06 Table 1-2 of the Technical Reference manual has been updated to better illustrate the orientation of angle profiles when the SET Z UP command has been specified.

K) 07 FLX parameter added to Table 1.3.4 of the Technical Reference manual

K) 08 The notes of section 2.3.4 of the Technical Reference manual have been revised.

K) 09 The documentation for the ASME NF 3000 - 2001 and 2004 codes has been updated to include details on 3 parameters, CAN, PROFILE and TMAIN which were available in the GUI (also documented in the other versions of the code)

Top

(L) Issues Addressed with licensing / security / installation (02)

L) 01 The licesning of STAAD.Pro has been brought into line with other Bentley applications in that instead of a forced checkout of a STAAD license, usage is logged.

L) 02 European regional design codes and Eurocode have been collated into new Super Code licenses.

Top

Tags: STAAD.Pro

Revision History

$
0
0
Current Revision posted to RAM | STAAD Wiki by Carlos Aguera on 4/12/2022 9:44:21 AM

  
 Applies To 
  
 Product(s):STAAD.Pro
 Version(s):All
 Environment: N/A
 Area: Revision History
 Subarea: N/A
 Original Author:Carlos Aguera
Bentley Technical Support Group
  

This document is organized in a way that newer revisions appear at the top.
Therefore, section numbers will keep decreasing from top to bottom. Also refer
to the What's New section of the Online Help for Major New Features. This
document outlines fixes and last minute changes.

Copyright (c) Bentley Solutions Center

STAAD.Pro CONNECT Edition,

Version 22

Current Release 

Details of Revision History from earlier releases 

Version 21

Generation V8i

STAAD.Pro V8i SS6,

.

STAAD.Pro V8i SS5,

.

STAAD.Pro V8i SS4,

.

STAAD.Pro V8i SS3,

.

STAAD.Pro V8i SS2,

  • Build 20.07.07 QA&R ( 24 February 2011)
  • Build 20.07.07 ( 13 October 2010)

.

STAAD.Pro V8i SS1,

  • Build 20.07.06 QA&R ( 18 March 2010)
  • Build 20.07.06 ( 23 December 2009)

.

STAAD.Pro V8i,

  • Build 20.07.05 ( 21 May 2009)
  • Build 20.07.04 ( 30 October 2008)

.

STAAD.Pro 2007, Build 03 ( 8 July 2008)

STAAD.Pro 2007, Build 02 (14 September 2007)

STAAD.Pro 2007, Build 01 (29 June 2007)

Tags: changes, bugs, Bugs fixed, staad.pro revision history, errors fixed, Revision History, Revision, fixes

American Concrete design code ACI 318M-2019 (FPS Unit)

$
0
0
Current Revision posted to RAM | STAAD Wiki by Abhijeet Gundaye on 4/12/2022 12:14:55 PM

Following are the Validation sheets for various elements available in RCDC as per ACI 318-2019 design code.

1. Beam design for Flexural, Shear and torsion_Special frame

ACI_2019_Special Beam_FPS Unit_Validation sheet

B1_Design Calculation Report_RCDC Output

2. Beam Sway shear calculation- Special frame

ACI_318_2019_Beam Sway Shear calculation

B1_Design Calculation Report_RCDC Output

Tags: Sway Shear, Beam Design, ACI 318-2019

4. Validation Documents

$
0
0
Revision 8 posted to RAM | STAAD Wiki by Abhijeet Gundaye on 4/12/2022 12:16:24 PM

Applies To
Product(s):STAAD Advanced Concrete Design
Version(s):Connect Edition
Environment:
Area:Concrete Design
Subarea:
Original Author: Bentley Technical Support Group

The validation documents / examples within this section are used to validate the accuracy of the design performed of Columns, Beams, Shear-walls, Isolated Foundations, Pile-caps.

Below is short description of the design philosophy considered in RCDC:

RCDC is a RCC design software that supports designing of various elements of a RC structure like:

  1. Column and Shear Wall Design
  2. Beam Design
  3. Isolated Footings (Pad, Sloped and Step) Design
  4. Pile Cap with Pile arrangements of 1 pile to 6 piles can be Designed.
  5. Slab (Regular conventional slabs) Design.
  6. Water Tank Structure Design

 

Short description on what is covered in the design part of each element and the validation along with code reference is provided in the validation documents available as per below list.

  • Column and Shear Walls Design Specifics:
    • Story Sway/Non-sway condition is determined and further used for the effective length factor calculation.
    • Minimum Eccentricity check is performed.
    • Slenderness check is performed and for slender column the magnified slenderness moment is also calculated based upon code guidelines.
    • Biaxial bending design by plotting the 3D Interaction curve is performed.
    • Shear check is performed and for ductile columns the additional shear from beams is also considered while finalizing the Final Shear Force.
    • Ductile Links design as per code guideline is performed.
    • Crack-width check as per user requirement and settings is performed.
    • Joint check for Ductile columns is performed.
  • Beam Design Specifics:
    • Beams are designed and detailed based on its type whether Simply supported or Continuous or Cantilever.
    • Flexure + Torsion design and Shear + Torsion design is performed zone wise in left mid and right zones.
    • Skin reinforcement or the Side face reinforcement is provided depending upon different criteria mentioned in different design codes.
    • Crack-width check as per user requirement and settings is performed.
  • Footing Design Specifics:
    • Type of footing – Pad, Step, Sloped or On-raft can be assigned and further the Footings are sized by performing the Maximum and Minimum pressure check.
    • The sizing is checked for the Stability checks like Buoyancy, Sliding and Overturning.
    • Depending upon the Design method selected (Average Pressure / Maximum Pressure / Factored SBC), Flexure design is performed, and reinforcement configuration is finalized.
    • One way shear as well as Punching shear check is performed, and the required depth of the footing is finalized. If there is restriction on the maximum depth only then RCDC will go ahead and provide the Stirrups if required.
    • The load transfer check is performed and wherever the footing size if insufficient to transfer the load, provision is made to provide the required Dowel bars.
  • Pile cap Design Specifics:
    • RCDC will determine the Pile configuration as per the Pile capacities entered by user.
    • The Pile cap is designed considering various checks like Pile overloading check, Pile group overloading check considering user settings made pre-design.
    • Flexure design is performed for the Pile cap using the Beam-theory.
    • One-way shear check is performed, and depth is finalized for shear requirement.
  • Slab Design Specifics:
    • Slabs in RCDC are detected to be enclosed between the polygon formed by Beam frame.
    • Dead load and live load intensities needs to be provided in RCDC for performing the design.
    • The Type of Slab and the Type of Span is determined as per Design code Guidelines.
    • Slab is further designed for flexure and checked for shear and deflection.
  • Water Tank Design Specifics:
    • For this module in RCDC, the Tank Walls and the Tank Slabs gets designed and also if any miscellaneous structure with a beam column geometry can be designed.
    • Tank Walls and the Tank Slabs are designed for Flexure and Shear and further the check for Crack width and Drying and Thermal Shrinkage can be selected to be performed.
    • Multiple zones are created to handle Design as well as Detailing of the Vertical and Horizontal reinforcement in the Tank Walls.
    • The Vertical reinforcement is Curtailed also depending upon the Wall geometry and Reinforcement requirement along the height of the Wall.

The validation documents are available for below mentioned design codes;

  1. American Concrete Design Code ACI 318-2014  (FPS Units)
  2. American Concrete Design Code ACI 318M-2014  (Metric Units)
  3. American Concrete Design Code ACI 318-2019  (FPS Units)
  4. American Concrete Design Code ACI 318M-2019  (Metric Units)
  5. Australian Concrete Design Code AS 3600 - 2018
  6. Euro Code - BS EN 1992 - 1 - 1 - 2004
  7. Indian Code - IS 456 + IS 13920 - 2016
Tags: RCDC, Validation Documents
Viewing all 8748 articles
Browse latest View live


<script src="https://jsc.adskeeper.com/r/s/rssing.com.1596347.js" async> </script>